]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/loaddefs.el
(ispell-highlight-spelling-error): Use
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / loaddefs.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (14247 4566))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
12
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
15
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil)
30
31 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
32 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil)
33
34 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil)
36
37 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil)
39
40 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution and then
42 mutating the result." t nil)
43
44 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
46
47 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
48 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
49 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
50 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil)
51
52 ;;;***
53 \f
54 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
55 ;;;;;; (14630 46501))
56 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
57
58 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
59 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
60 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
61 extensions.
62 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
63 name" nil nil)
64
65 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
66 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
67
68 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
69
70 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
71 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
72
73 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
74 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
75
76 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
77 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
78
79 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
80
81 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
82 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
83
84 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
85 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
86
87 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
88 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
89 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
90 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
91 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
92
93 If you use imenu.el:
94 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
95
96 If you use find-file.el:
97 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
98 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
99 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
100 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
101 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
102
103 If you use ada-xref.el:
104 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
105 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
106 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'" t nil)
107
108 ;;;***
109 \f
110 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
111 ;;;;;; (14360 11651))
112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
113
114 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
115 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil)
116
117 ;;;***
118 \f
119 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
120 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
121 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name)
122 ;;;;;; "add-log" "add-log.el" (14647 32001))
123 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
124
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
128
129 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
130 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
131 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.")
132
133 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
134 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
135
136 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
137 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
138
139 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
140 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
141 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
142 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
143
144 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
145 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
146 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
147
148 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
149 current buffer to the complete file name." nil nil)
150
151 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
152 Find change log file and add an entry for today.
153 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
154 name and site.
155
156 Second arg is FILE-NAME of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'.
157 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
158 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
159 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
160 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
161
162 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
163 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil)
164
165 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
166 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today.
167 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
168 name and site.
169 Second optional arg FILE-NAME is file name of change log.
170 If nil, use `change-log-default-name'.
171
172 Affected by the same options as `add-change-log-entry'." t nil)
173 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
174
175 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
176 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
177 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
178 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
179 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
180 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
181
182 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
183 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
184
185 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
186 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
187
188 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
189 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
190
191 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
192 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
193
194 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
195 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
196
197 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
198 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
199 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
200 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
201 `add-log-current-defun-function'
202
203 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
204
205 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
206 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
207 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
208 the appropriate motion commands).
209
210 Entries are inserted in chronological order.
211
212 Both the current and old-style time formats for entries are supported,
213 so this command could be used to convert old-style logs by merging
214 with an empty log." t nil)
215
216 ;;;***
217 \f
218 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
219 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (14410
220 ;;;;;; 19111))
221 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
222
223 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
224 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
225 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
226 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
227 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
228 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
229 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
230 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
231 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
232 interpreted as `error'.")
233
234 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
235 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
236 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
237 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
238 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
239 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
240 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
241 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
242
243 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
244 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
245 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
246 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
247 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
248 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
249 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
250 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
251 will be overwritten with the new one.
252 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
253 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
254 will clear the cache." nil nil)
255
256 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
257 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
258 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
259
260 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
261 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
262 BODY... )
263
264 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
265 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
266 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
267 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
268 see also `ad-add-advice'.
269 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
270 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
271 before/around/after-advices will be used.
272 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
273 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
274 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
275 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
276 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
277 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
278
279 Semantics of the various flags:
280 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
281 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
282 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
283
284 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
285 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
286
287 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
288 advised function should be compiled.
289
290 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
291 during activation until somebody enables it.
292
293 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
294 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
295 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
296 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
297
298 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
299 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
300 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
301 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
302 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
303 during preloading.
304
305 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil (quote macro))
306
307 ;;;***
308 \f
309 ;;;### (autoloads (align-unhighlight-rule align-highlight-rule align-current
310 ;;;;;; align-entire align-regexp align) "align" "align.el" (14654
311 ;;;;;; 18018))
312 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
313
314 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
315 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
316 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
317 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
318 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
319 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
320 rule's `separate' attribute).
321
322 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
323 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
324 `separate' attribute set.
325
326 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
327 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
328 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
329 on the format of these lists." t nil)
330
331 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
332 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
333 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
334 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
335 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
336 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
337 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
338 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
339 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
340 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
341 options.
342
343 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
344 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
345
346 Fred (123) 456-7890
347 Alice (123) 456-7890
348 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
349 Joe (123) 456-7890
350
351 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
352 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
353 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil)
354
355 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
356 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
357 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
358 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
359 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
360 align that section." t nil)
361
362 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
363 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
364 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
365 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
366 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
367 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
368 been used to align that section." t nil)
369
370 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
371 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
372 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
373 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
374 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
375 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
376 to be colored." t nil)
377
378 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
379 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil)
380
381 ;;;***
382 \f
383 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
384 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (14644 1631))
385 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
386 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
387
388 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
389 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
390 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
391 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
392 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
393 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil)
394
395 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil)
396
397 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
398
399 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
400
401 ;;;***
402 \f
403 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el"
404 ;;;;;; (14642 37233))
405 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
406
407 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
408 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
409 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil)
410
411 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
412 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
413 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil)
414
415 ;;;***
416 \f
417 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
418 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
419 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
420 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (14628 26787))
421 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
422
423 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
424 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
425 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
426 as the first thing on a line.")
427
428 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
429 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
430
431 (defvar appt-audible t "\
432 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
433
434 (defvar appt-visible t "\
435 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
436
437 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
438 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
439
440 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
441 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
442
443 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
444 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
445
446 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
447 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
448 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
449
450 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
451 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
452 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil)
453
454 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
455 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil)
456
457 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
458 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
459 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
460 put in the appointments list.
461 02/23/89
462 12:00pm lunch
463 Wednesday
464 10:00am group meeting
465 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
466 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
467 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for." nil nil)
468
469 ;;;***
470 \f
471 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
472 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (14654
473 ;;;;;; 26903))
474 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
475
476 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\
477 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
478
479 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil)
480
481 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
482 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
483 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
484 normal variables." t nil)
485
486 (fset (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
487
488 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
489 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match REGEXP.
490 With optional prefix ARG, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
491 noninteractive functions.
492
493 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
494 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil)
495
496 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
497 Show all bound symbols whose names match REGEXP.
498 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show unbound
499 symbols and key bindings, which is a little more time-consuming.
500 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
501
502 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
503 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches REGEXP.
504 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
505 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
506 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
507
508 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
509 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for REGEXP.
510 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
511 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
512 bindings.
513 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
514
515 ;;;***
516 \f
517 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (14539
518 ;;;;;; 44524))
519 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
520
521 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
522 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
523 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
524 Letters no longer insert themselves.
525 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
526 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
527
528 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
529 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
530 archive.
531
532 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
533
534 ;;;***
535 \f
536 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (14460 38616))
537 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
538
539 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
540 Major mode for editing arrays.
541
542 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
543 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
544 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
545
546 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
547
548 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
549 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
550 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
551
552 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
553 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
554 supply. These variables are all local the the buffer. Other buffer
555 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
556 The variables are:
557
558 Variables you assign:
559 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
560 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
561 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
562 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
563 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
564 row numbers in the buffer.
565
566 Variables which are calculated:
567 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
568 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
569
570 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
571 take a numeric prefix argument):
572
573 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
574 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
575 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
576 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
577
578 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
579 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
580 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
581 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
582
583 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
584 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
585 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
586 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
587
588 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
589 between that of point and mark.
590
591 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
592 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
593
594 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
595 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
596 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
597 newlines inside rows)
598
599 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
600
601 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil)
602
603 ;;;***
604 \f
605 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14286
606 ;;;;;; 393))
607 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
608
609 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
610 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
611 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
612
613 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
614 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
615 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
616 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
617
618 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
619 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
620
621 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
622 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
623
624 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
625
626 Special commands:
627 \\{asm-mode-map}
628 " t nil)
629
630 ;;;***
631 \f
632 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "auto-show.el"
633 ;;;;;; (14516 149))
634 ;;; Generated autoloads from auto-show.el
635
636 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
637 Obsolete.")
638
639 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
640 This command is obsolete." t nil)
641
642 ;;;***
643 \f
644 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
645 ;;;;;; (14651 36399))
646 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
647
648 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
649 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
650 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
651 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
652 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
653 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
654 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
655 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
656 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
657 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
658
659 For example:
660 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
661 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
662 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
663 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
664 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
665
666 \\{autoarg-mode-map}" t nil)
667
668 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
669 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
670 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
671 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
672 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
673 &c to supply digit arguments.
674
675 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}" t nil)
676
677 ;;;***
678 \f
679 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
680 ;;;;;; (14532 61420))
681 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
682
683 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
684 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files." t nil)
685
686 ;;;***
687 \f
688 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
689 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (14410 18534))
690 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
691
692 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
693 Insert default contents into a new file if `auto-insert' is non-nil.
694 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
695
696 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
697 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
698 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
699 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
700
701 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
702 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
703 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
704 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
705
706 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
707 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil)
708
709 ;;;***
710 \f
711 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
712 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
713 ;;;;;; (14651 36597))
714 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
715
716 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
717 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
718 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil)
719
720 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\
721 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
722 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil)
723
724 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
725 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
726 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil)
727
728 ;;;***
729 \f
730 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
731 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el"
732 ;;;;;; (14495 17959))
733 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
734
735 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
736 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
737
738 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode'
739 instead.")
740
741 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
742 When on, buffers are automatically reverted when files on disk change.
743
744 Set this variable using \\[customize] only. Otherwise, use the
745 command `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
746
747 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert) (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
748
749 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote autorevert))
750
751 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
752 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
753
754 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
755 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
756 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil)
757
758 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
759 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
760
761 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
762 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil)
763
764 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
765 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
766
767 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
768 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
769 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil)
770
771 ;;;***
772 \f
773 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
774 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (14637 38156))
775 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
776
777 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
778 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
779 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
780 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
781 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
782
783 (custom-add-to-group (quote avoid) (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote custom-variable))
784
785 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote avoid))
786
787 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
788 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
789 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
790 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
791
792 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none` and `banish'
793 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
794 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
795
796 Effects of the different modes:
797 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
798 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
799 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
800 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
801 a random distance & direction.
802 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
803 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
804 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
805
806 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
807
808 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
809 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
810 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
811
812 ;;;***
813 \f
814 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (14546
815 ;;;;;; 45178))
816 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
817
818 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\
819 Major mode for editing AWK code.
820 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. It uses
821 the same keymap as C mode and has the same variables for customizing
822 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
823
824 Turning on AWK mode calls the value of the variable `awk-mode-hook'
825 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
826
827 ;;;***
828 \f
829 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
830 ;;;;;; (14455 30228))
831 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
832
833 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
834 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
835
836 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
837 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
838
839 For example:
840
841 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
842 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
843 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
844 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
845
846 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil (quote macro))
847
848 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
849
850 ;;;***
851 \f
852 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
853 ;;;;;; (14422 6418))
854 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
855
856 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
857 Display battery status information in the echo area.
858 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
859 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil)
860
861 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
862 Display battery status information in the mode line.
863 The text beeing displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
864 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
865 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
866 seconds." t nil)
867
868 ;;;***
869 \f
870 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (14504
871 ;;;;;; 9460))
872 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
873
874 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
875 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
876
877 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
878 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
879 version information already added. You just need to add a description
880 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the
881 message.
882
883
884 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
885
886 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
887 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
888 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
889 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
890 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
891
892 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
893 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
894 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
895 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
896 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
897 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
898
899 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
900 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
901 BibTeX mode.
902
903
904 Special information:
905
906 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
907
908 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
909 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
910 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
911 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
912 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
913 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
914 current field.
915 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
916 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
917
918 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
919 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
920 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
921 bibtex-entry-format.
922 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
923 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
924 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
925
926 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
927 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
928
929 The following may be of interest as well:
930
931 Functions:
932 bibtex-entry
933 bibtex-kill-entry
934 bibtex-yank-pop
935 bibtex-pop-previous
936 bibtex-pop-next
937 bibtex-complete-string
938 bibtex-complete-key
939 bibtex-print-help-message
940 bibtex-generate-autokey
941 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
942 bibtex-end-of-entry
943 bibtex-reposition-window
944 bibtex-mark-entry
945 bibtex-ispell-abstract
946 bibtex-ispell-entry
947 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
948 bibtex-sort-buffer
949 bibtex-validate
950 bibtex-count
951 bibtex-fill-entry
952 bibtex-reformat
953 bibtex-convert-alien
954
955 Variables:
956 bibtex-field-delimiters
957 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
958 bibtex-include-OPTkey
959 bibtex-user-optional-fields
960 bibtex-entry-format
961 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
962 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
963 bibtex-entry-field-alist
964 bibtex-predefined-strings
965 bibtex-string-files
966
967 ---------------------------------------------------------
968 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
969 non-nil.
970
971 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil)
972
973 ;;;***
974 \f
975 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (13229
976 ;;;;;; 27947))
977 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
978
979 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
980 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls;
981 the default is 4.
982
983 What is blackbox?
984
985 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
986 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
987 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
988 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
989 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
990 your score.
991
992 Overview of play:
993
994 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
995 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
996 four.
997
998 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
999 movement keys.
1000
1001 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1002 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1003
1004 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1005 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1006
1007 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1008 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1009 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1010 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1011 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1012 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1013
1014 Details:
1015
1016 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1017
1018 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1019 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1020 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1021 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1022
1023 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1024 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1025 denoted by the letter `R'.
1026
1027 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1028 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1029 denoted by the letter `H'.
1030
1031 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1032 example.
1033
1034 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1035 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1036 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1037 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1038 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1039 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1040 ray.
1041
1042 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1043 degree deflection it causes.
1044
1045 1
1046 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1047 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1048 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1049 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1050 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1051 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1052 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1053 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1054 2 3
1055
1056 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1057 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1058
1059
1060 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1061 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1062 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1063 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1064 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1065 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1066 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1067 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1068
1069 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1070 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1071 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1072 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1073 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1074 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1075 emerging from the box.
1076
1077 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1078
1079 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1080 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1081 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1082 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1083 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1084 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1085 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1086 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1087
1088 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1089 a reflection." t nil)
1090
1091 ;;;***
1092 \f
1093 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
1094 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
1095 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
1096 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
1097 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1098 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (14653 63162))
1099 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1100 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1101 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1102 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1103
1104 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1105 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1106 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1107 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1108 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1109 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1110
1111 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map))
1112
1113 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set))
1114
1115 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set))
1116
1117 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump))
1118
1119 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump))
1120
1121 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert))
1122
1123 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks))
1124
1125 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1126
1127 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename))
1128
1129 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete))
1130
1131 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load))
1132
1133 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write))
1134
1135 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save))
1136
1137 (add-hook (quote kill-emacs-hook) (function (lambda nil (and (featurep (quote bookmark)) bookmark-alist (bookmark-time-to-save-p t) (bookmark-save)))))
1138
1139 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1140 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1141 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1142 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1143 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1144 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1145 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1146 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1147 recent one.
1148
1149 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1150 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1151 yank successive words.
1152
1153 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1154 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1155 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1156 name of the file being visited.
1157
1158 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1159 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1160 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
1161
1162 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1163 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1164 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1165 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1166 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1167 this.
1168
1169 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1170 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1171 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1172 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
1173
1174 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1175 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1176 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1177 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1178 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil)
1179
1180 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1181 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1182 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1183 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
1184
1185 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1186
1187 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1188 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1189 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1190 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1191
1192 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1193 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1194 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1195
1196 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1197 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1198 name." t nil)
1199
1200 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1201 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1202 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1203 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1204 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1205 this." t nil)
1206
1207 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1208 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1209 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1210 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1211 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1212 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1213 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1214 probably because we were called from there." t nil)
1215
1216 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
1217 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1218 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil)
1219
1220 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
1221 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1222 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1223 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1224 \(second argument).
1225
1226 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1227 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1228 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1229 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1230 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1231
1232 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1233 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1234 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1235 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
1236
1237 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
1238 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1239 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1240 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1241 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1242 while loading.
1243
1244 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1245 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1246 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1247 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1248 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1249 explicitly.
1250
1251 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1252 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1253 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1254 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil)
1255
1256 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
1257 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1258 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1259 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1260 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
1261
1262 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1263
1264 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1265
1266 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\
1267 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1268 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1269 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1270 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1271 this.
1272
1273 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1274 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1275 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1276
1277 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\
1278 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1279 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1280 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1281 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1282 this.
1283
1284 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1285 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1286 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1287
1288 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\
1289 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1290 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1291
1292 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1293 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1294 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1295
1296 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\
1297 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1298 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1299 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1300 prompts for NEWNAME.
1301 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1302 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1303 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1304
1305 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1306 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1307 name.
1308
1309 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1310 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1311 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1312
1313 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\
1314 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1315 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1316 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1317 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1318 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1319
1320 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1321 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1322 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1323
1324 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
1325
1326 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map)))
1327
1328 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
1329
1330 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
1331
1332 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
1333
1334 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
1335
1336 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
1337
1338 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
1339
1340 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
1341
1342 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
1343
1344 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
1345
1346 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
1347
1348 ;;;***
1349 \f
1350 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-generic browse-url-mail browse-url-mmm
1351 ;;;;;; browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3-gnudoit
1352 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-cci browse-url-grail
1353 ;;;;;; browse-url-mosaic browse-url-netscape browse-url-at-mouse
1354 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1355 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program
1356 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-netscape-display browse-url-new-window-p
1357 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
1358 ;;;;;; (14558 23455))
1359 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1360
1361 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (eq system-type (quote windows-nt)) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-netscape)) "\
1362 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1363 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1364 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1365
1366 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1367 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1368 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1369 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1370 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1371
1372 (defvar browse-url-new-window-p nil "\
1373 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
1374 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
1375 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
1376 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
1377
1378 (defvar browse-url-netscape-display nil "\
1379 *The X display for running Netscape, if not same as Emacs'.")
1380
1381 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
1382 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
1383 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
1384
1385 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
1386 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
1387
1388 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1389 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1390 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1391 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1392 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1393 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
1394
1395 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1396 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1397 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1398 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1399 narrowed." t nil)
1400
1401 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1402 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
1403
1404 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1405 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
1406
1407 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1408 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1409 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1410 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1411
1412 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1413 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1414 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1415 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1416
1417 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1418 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1419 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1420 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1421 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1422 to use." t nil)
1423
1424 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1425 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1426
1427 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1428 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1429
1430 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1431 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1432 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1433 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1434
1435 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1436 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1437
1438 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
1439 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1440
1441 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1442 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
1443 program is invoked according to the variable
1444 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
1445
1446 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1447 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
1448 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1449 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1450
1451 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1452 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1453
1454 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
1455 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
1456 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
1457
1458 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
1459 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
1460 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
1461 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
1462
1463 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
1464 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1465 Default to the URL around or before point.
1466
1467 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
1468 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
1469 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
1470
1471 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1472 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
1473 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1474 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1475
1476 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1477 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1478
1479 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
1480 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1481 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1482
1483 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
1484 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
1485 Default to the URL around or before point.
1486
1487 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1488 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
1489 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1490
1491 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1492 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1493
1494 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
1495 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
1496 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
1497 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1498
1499 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
1500 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1501 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
1502 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
1503 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
1504
1505 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
1506 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1507 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
1508 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
1509
1510 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1511 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
1512 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
1513 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1514
1515 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1516 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1517
1518 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
1519 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
1520 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1521
1522 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
1523 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
1524 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
1525 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
1526 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
1527 current one.
1528
1529 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1530 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
1531 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
1532 `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1533
1534 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1535 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1536
1537 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
1538 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
1539 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
1540 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
1541 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
1542 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
1543
1544 ;;;***
1545 \f
1546 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (13607
1547 ;;;;;; 42538))
1548 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
1549
1550 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
1551 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
1552
1553 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
1554 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
1555
1556 ;;;***
1557 \f
1558 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
1559 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (14495 17961))
1560 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
1561
1562 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
1563 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1564 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1565 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1566
1567 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
1568 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1569 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1570 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1571
1572 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
1573 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil)
1574
1575 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
1576 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffer list or buffers itself.
1577 \\<bs-mode-map>
1578 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
1579 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
1580 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
1581 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
1582
1583 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
1584 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
1585 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
1586 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
1587 name of buffer configuration." t nil)
1588
1589 ;;;***
1590 \f
1591 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
1592 ;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file
1593 ;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp"
1594 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (14647 32029))
1595 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
1596
1597 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
1598 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
1599 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
1600
1601 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1602 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
1603 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
1604 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
1605
1606 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
1607 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
1608 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
1609 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
1610
1611 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
1612
1613 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
1614 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
1615
1616 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
1617 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
1618 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
1619 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling.
1620 The value is t if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
1621
1622 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
1623 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
1624 Print the result in the minibuffer.
1625 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
1626
1627 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1628 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
1629 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
1630
1631 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
1632 Display a call graph of a specified file.
1633 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
1634 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
1635 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
1636 all functions called by those functions.
1637
1638 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
1639 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
1640 cons, etc.).
1641
1642 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
1643 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
1644 invoked interactively." t nil)
1645
1646 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1647 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
1648 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
1649 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
1650 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
1651 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
1652
1653 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1654 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
1655 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
1656 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
1657
1658 ;;;***
1659 \f
1660 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (12984 38822))
1661 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
1662
1663 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1664
1665 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1666
1667 ;;;***
1668 \f
1669 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
1670 ;;;;;; (13997 6729))
1671 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
1672
1673 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
1674 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
1675 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
1676 from the cursor position." t nil)
1677
1678 ;;;***
1679 \f
1680 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (14511
1681 ;;;;;; 60346))
1682 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
1683
1684 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
1685 Run the pocket calculator.
1686 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil)
1687
1688 ;;;***
1689 \f
1690 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
1691 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
1692 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
1693 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
1694 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
1695 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
1696 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
1697 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
1698 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
1699 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
1700 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
1701 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
1702 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
1703 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
1704 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
1705 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
1706 ;;;;;; (14393 15349))
1707 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
1708
1709 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
1710 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
1711 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
1712
1713 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
1714 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
1715 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
1716 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
1717 the screen.")
1718
1719 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
1720 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
1721 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
1722 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
1723 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
1724
1725 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
1726 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
1727 This variable affects the diary display when the command M-x diary is used,
1728 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
1729 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
1730 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
1731 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
1732
1733 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
1734 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
1735 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
1736 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
1737 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
1738
1739 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
1740 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
1741 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
1742
1743 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
1744 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
1745 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
1746
1747 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
1748 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
1749 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
1750
1751 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
1752 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
1753 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
1754 displayed.")
1755
1756 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
1757 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
1758 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
1759
1760 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
1761 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
1762 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
1763
1764 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
1765
1766 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
1767 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
1768 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
1769
1770 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
1771 calendar.")
1772
1773 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
1774 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
1775 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
1776
1777 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
1778 calendar.")
1779
1780 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
1781 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
1782 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
1783
1784 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
1785 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
1786 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
1787 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
1788 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
1789
1790 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
1791 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
1792 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
1793 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
1794 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
1795 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
1796 a function is also provided for this:
1797 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
1798
1799 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
1800 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
1801 date is not visible in the window.
1802
1803 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
1804 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
1805 functions that move by days and weeks.")
1806
1807 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
1808 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
1809
1810 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
1811 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
1812 date is visible in the window.
1813
1814 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
1815 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
1816 functions that move by days and weeks.")
1817
1818 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
1819 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
1820
1821 For example,
1822
1823 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
1824
1825 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
1826
1827 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
1828 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
1829
1830 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
1831
1832 MONTH/DAY
1833 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
1834 MONTHNAME DAY
1835 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
1836 DAYNAME
1837
1838 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
1839 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
1840 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
1841 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
1842 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
1843 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
1844 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
1845 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
1846 respectively.
1847
1848 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
1849 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
1850 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
1851
1852 DAY/MONTH
1853 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
1854 DAY MONTHNAME
1855 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
1856 DAYNAME
1857
1858 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
1859 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
1860
1861 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
1862 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
1863 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
1864 window but will appear in a diary window.
1865
1866 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
1867 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
1868
1869 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
1870 entries (in the default American style):
1871
1872 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
1873 &1/1. Happy New Year!
1874 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
1875 21: Payday
1876 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
1877 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
1878 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
1879 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
1880 mar 16 Dad's birthday
1881 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
1882 &* 15 time cards due.
1883
1884 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
1885 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
1886 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
1887 single diary entry
1888
1889 02/11/1989
1890 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
1891 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
1892 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
1893 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
1894 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
1895 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
1896
1897 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
1898 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
1899 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
1900
1901 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
1902
1903 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
1904
1905 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
1906 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
1907 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
1908 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
1909 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
1910 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
1911 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
1912 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
1913 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
1914
1915 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
1916 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
1917 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
1918 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
1919 for these functions for details.
1920
1921 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
1922 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
1923
1924 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
1925 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
1926
1927 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
1928 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
1929
1930 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
1931 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
1932
1933 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
1934 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
1935 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
1936
1937 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
1938 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in diary-file.
1939 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
1940
1941 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
1942 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
1943 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
1944 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
1945
1946 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
1947 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
1948 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
1949 1990. The accepted European date styles are
1950
1951 DAY/MONTH
1952 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
1953 DAY MONTHNAME
1954 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
1955 DAYNAME
1956
1957 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
1958 characters with or without a period.")
1959
1960 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
1961 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
1962 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
1963
1964 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
1965 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
1966 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
1967
1968 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
1969 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
1970 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
1971
1972 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
1973 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
1974 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
1975
1976 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
1977 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
1978 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
1979 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
1980 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
1981 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
1982
1983 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
1984 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
1985 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
1986
1987 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
1988 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
1989 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
1990 of the form
1991
1992 #include \"filename\"
1993
1994 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
1995 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
1996 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
1997 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
1998 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
1999
2000 For example, you could use
2001
2002 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2003 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2004 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2005
2006 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2007 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2008 lexicographic order.")
2009
2010 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2011 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2012 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2013
2014 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2015 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2016 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2017 diary display.
2018
2019 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2020 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2021 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2022 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2023 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2024 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2025 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2026
2027 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2028 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2029 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2030 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2031 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2032 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2033 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2034 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2035
2036 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
2037 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
2038 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2039 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
2040 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2041 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2042
2043 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2044 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2045
2046 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2047 mark-diary-entries-hook; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2048 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2049 of the form
2050 #include \"filename\"
2051 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2052 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
2053 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2054 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2055 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2056
2057 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
2058 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
2059 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2060 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
2061 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2062 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2063
2064 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
2065 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
2066 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
2067 are holidays.")
2068
2069 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
2070 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
2071 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
2072 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
2073 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
2074
2075 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2076
2077 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
2078 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
2079 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2080
2081 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2082
2083 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
2084 *Oriental holidays.
2085 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2086
2087 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2088
2089 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
2090 *Local holidays.
2091 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2092
2093 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2094
2095 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
2096 *User defined holidays.
2097 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2098
2099 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2100
2101 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
2102
2103 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2104
2105 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
2106
2107 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2108
2109 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
2110
2111 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2112
2113 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
2114
2115 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2116
2117 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
2118 *Jewish holidays.
2119 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2120
2121 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2122
2123 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
2124 *Christian holidays.
2125 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2126
2127 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2128
2129 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
2130 *Islamic holidays.
2131 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2132
2133 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2134
2135 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
2136 *Sun-related holidays.
2137 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2138
2139 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2140
2141 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
2142 The frame set up of the calendar.
2143 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
2144 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
2145 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
2146 any other value the current frame is used.")
2147
2148 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
2149 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
2150 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil)
2151
2152 ;;;***
2153 \f
2154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (14419 57707))
2155 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
2156
2157 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2158 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2159
2160 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2161 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
2162
2163 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2164 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
2165
2166 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2167 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
2168
2169 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2170 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
2171
2172 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2173 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
2174
2175 ;;;***
2176 \f
2177 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2178 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2179 ;;;;;; (14419 57707))
2180 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2181
2182 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
2183
2184 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2185 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2186 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2187 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2188 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2189 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
2190
2191 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2192
2193 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
2194 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
2195 run first.
2196
2197 Key bindings:
2198 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
2199
2200 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2201 Major mode for editing C++ code.
2202 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2203 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2204 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2205 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2206 message.
2207
2208 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2209
2210 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2211 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2212 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2213
2214 Key bindings:
2215 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
2216
2217 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2218 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
2219 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2220 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2221 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2222 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2223 message.
2224
2225 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2226
2227 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2228 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
2229 is run first.
2230
2231 Key bindings:
2232 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
2233
2234 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2235 Major mode for editing Java code.
2236 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2237 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2238 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2239 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
2240 message.
2241
2242 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2243
2244 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2245 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2246 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
2247 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
2248 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
2249
2250 Key bindings:
2251 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
2252
2253 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2254 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
2255 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2256 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2257 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2258 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2259 message.
2260
2261 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2262
2263 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2264 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2265 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2266
2267 Key bindings:
2268 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil)
2269
2270 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2271 Major mode for editing Pike code.
2272 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2273 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2274 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2275 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2276 message.
2277
2278 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2279
2280 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2281 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2282 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2283
2284 Key bindings:
2285 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil)
2286
2287 ;;;***
2288 \f
2289 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
2290 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (14419 57707))
2291 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
2292
2293 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
2294 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
2295 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
2296 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
2297 for details of setting up styles.
2298
2299 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
2300 style name.
2301
2302 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables
2303 that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
2304 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
2305 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
2306 will be reassigned.
2307
2308 Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial
2309 style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is
2310 done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil)
2311
2312 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
2313 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
2314 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
2315 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
2316
2317 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
2318
2319 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
2320 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
2321 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
2322
2323 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
2324 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
2325 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
2326 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
2327 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil)
2328
2329 ;;;***
2330 \f
2331 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (14419 57707))
2332 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
2333
2334 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
2335 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
2336 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
2337 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
2338 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
2339
2340 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
2341 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
2342
2343 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
2344 `infodock'.")
2345
2346 ;;;***
2347 \f
2348 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
2349 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
2350 ;;;;;; (14652 49268))
2351 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
2352
2353 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
2354 Return a compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integer." nil nil)
2355
2356 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
2357 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
2358
2359 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2360 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
2361
2362 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
2363 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
2364 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
2365 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
2366 execution.
2367
2368 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
2369
2370 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2371 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
2372 CCL-PROGRAM is `eval'ed before being handed to the CCL compiler `ccl-compile'.
2373 The compiled code is a vector of integers." nil (quote macro))
2374
2375 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2376 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
2377 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
2378 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
2379 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
2380 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
2381
2382 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
2383 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
2384 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers." nil nil)
2385
2386 ;;;***
2387 \f
2388 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
2389 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
2390 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
2391 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
2392 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
2393 ;;;;;; checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
2394 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
2395 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
2396 ;;;;;; (14482 54417))
2397 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
2398
2399 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
2400 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors.
2401 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which
2402 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
2403
2404 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2405 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
2406 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2407 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2408 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2409 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2410 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2411 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2412
2413 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2414 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
2415 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2416 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2417 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2418 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2419 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2420 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2421
2422 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2423 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
2424 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
2425 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
2426 spacing are all verified." t nil)
2427
2428 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2429 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
2430 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
2431 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
2432 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
2433
2434 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
2435 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
2436 Only documentation strings are checked.
2437 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
2438 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
2439 a separate buffer." t nil)
2440
2441 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
2442 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
2443 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
2444 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
2445 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
2446
2447 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
2448 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
2449 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
2450 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
2451 if there is one.
2452 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
2453
2454 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
2455 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
2456 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
2457
2458 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2459 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
2460 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
2461 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
2462 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
2463
2464 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2465 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
2466 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
2467 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
2468 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
2469 space at the end of each line." t nil)
2470
2471 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
2472 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
2473 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
2474 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
2475
2476 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2477 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
2478 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
2479 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
2480
2481 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2482 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
2483 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
2484 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
2485
2486 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2487 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
2488 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
2489 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
2490
2491 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
2492 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
2493 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
2494 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
2495
2496 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
2497 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
2498 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
2499 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
2500
2501 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
2502 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
2503 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
2504 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
2505
2506 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
2507 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
2508 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
2509 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
2510
2511 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2512 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
2513 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
2514 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
2515
2516 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
2517 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
2518 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
2519
2520 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
2521 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-keymap> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
2522 checking of documentation strings.
2523
2524 \\{checkdoc-minor-keymap}" t nil)
2525
2526 ;;;***
2527 \f
2528 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
2529 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (14623
2530 ;;;;;; 45987))
2531 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
2532
2533 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
2534 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
2535 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
2536
2537 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
2538 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
2539
2540 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
2541 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
2542 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
2543
2544 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
2545 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
2546
2547 ;;;***
2548 \f
2549 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
2550 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (14447 15307))
2551 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
2552
2553 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
2554 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
2555 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
2556 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
2557 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
2558 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
2559
2560 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
2561 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
2562 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
2563 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
2564 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
2565
2566 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
2567
2568 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
2569 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
2570 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
2571 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
2572 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
2573
2574 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
2575 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
2576 \\{command-history-map}
2577
2578 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
2579 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil)
2580
2581 ;;;***
2582 \f
2583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (14617 51703))
2584 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
2585
2586 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
2587 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
2588 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
2589 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
2590 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
2591 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
2592
2593 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
2594 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
2595
2596 ;;;***
2597 \f
2598 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
2599 ;;;;;; (14518 39681))
2600 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
2601
2602 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
2603
2604 ;;;***
2605 \f
2606 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
2607 ;;;;;; (14368 26241))
2608 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
2609
2610 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
2611 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
2612 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
2613 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
2614
2615 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
2616 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
2617 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
2618
2619 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
2620 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
2621
2622 ;;;***
2623 \f
2624 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (14535
2625 ;;;;;; 44845))
2626 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
2627
2628 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
2629 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
2630 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
2631 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
2632 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
2633 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
2634 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
2635 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
2636
2637 ;;;***
2638 \f
2639 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
2640 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
2641 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (14642 24031))
2642 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
2643
2644 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2645 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
2646 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
2647 ASCII table.
2648
2649 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
2650 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
2651 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
2652 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil)
2653
2654 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2655 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
2656 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
2657
2658 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2659 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
2660 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
2661
2662 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2663 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
2664 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
2665
2666 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
2667 Return an alist of supported codepages.
2668
2669 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
2670 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
2671 for the character set supported by that codepage.
2672
2673 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
2674 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil)
2675
2676 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
2677 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
2678
2679 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
2680 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
2681 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil)
2682
2683 ;;;***
2684 \f
2685 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
2686 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
2687 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint) "comint" "comint.el" (14634 20434))
2688 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
2689
2690 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
2691 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
2692 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
2693 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
2694 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
2695 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
2696 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
2697 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
2698
2699 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
2700
2701 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
2702 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
2703 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
2704 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
2705 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
2706 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
2707
2708 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
2709 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
2710 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
2711
2712 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
2713
2714 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
2715 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
2716 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
2717
2718 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
2719
2720 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
2721 Send COMMAND to current process.
2722 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
2723 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
2724
2725 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
2726 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
2727 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
2728 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
2729
2730 ;;;***
2731 \f
2732 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (14220
2733 ;;;;;; 18289))
2734 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
2735
2736 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
2737 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
2738 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
2739 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
2740
2741 This command pushes the mark in each window
2742 at the prior location of point in that window.
2743 If both windows display the same buffer,
2744 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
2745 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
2746
2747 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
2748 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
2749 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
2750
2751 ;;;***
2752 \f
2753 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
2754 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
2755 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
2756 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (14635 2514))
2757 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
2758
2759 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
2760 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
2761
2762 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
2763 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
2764
2765 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
2766 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
2767 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
2768 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
2769 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
2770
2771 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
2772 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
2773 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
2774 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
2775 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
2776
2777 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
2778 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
2779 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
2780 describing how the process finished.")
2781
2782 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
2783 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
2784 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
2785 and a string describing how the process finished.")
2786
2787 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
2788 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
2789 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
2790
2791 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
2792 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
2793 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
2794 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
2795
2796 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
2797 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
2798 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
2799 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
2800
2801 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
2802 and move to the source code that caused it.
2803
2804 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
2805 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
2806
2807 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
2808 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
2809 Then start the next one.
2810
2811 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
2812 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
2813 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
2814
2815 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
2816 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
2817 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
2818 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
2819 where grep found matches.
2820
2821 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
2822 easily repeat a grep command.
2823
2824 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
2825 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
2826 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
2827 if that history list is empty)." t nil)
2828
2829 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
2830 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
2831 Collect output in a buffer.
2832 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
2833 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
2834
2835 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
2836 easily repeat a find command." t nil)
2837
2838 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
2839 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
2840 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
2841 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
2842 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
2843
2844 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
2845
2846 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
2847 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
2848 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
2849 See `compilation-mode'.
2850 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
2851
2852 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
2853 Toggle compilation minor mode.
2854 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
2855 See `compilation-mode'.
2856 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
2857
2858 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
2859 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
2860
2861 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
2862 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
2863
2864 A prefix arg specifies how many error messages to move;
2865 negative means move back to previous error messages.
2866 Just C-u as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
2867 and start at the first error.
2868
2869 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
2870 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
2871 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
2872 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
2873 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
2874 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
2875
2876 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
2877 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
2878 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
2879
2880 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
2881 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
2882 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
2883
2884 ;;;***
2885 \f
2886 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode partial-completion-mode)
2887 ;;;;;; "complete" "complete.el" (14634 20434))
2888 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
2889
2890 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
2891 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
2892 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
2893 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
2894 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
2895 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
2896 This variable should be set only with \\[customize], which is equivalent
2897 to using the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
2898
2899 (custom-add-to-group (quote partial-completion) (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-variable))
2900
2901 (custom-add-load (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote complete))
2902
2903 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
2904 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
2905 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
2906
2907 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
2908 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
2909 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
2910 as much as possible.
2911
2912 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
2913 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
2914 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
2915 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
2916
2917 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the \"<...>\" sequence is interpreted
2918 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
2919 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file /usr/include/sys/time.h.
2920 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
2921
2922 ;;;***
2923 \f
2924 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
2925 ;;;;;; (14635 2463))
2926 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
2927
2928 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
2929 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
2930
2931 ;;;***
2932 \f
2933 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
2934 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
2935 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
2936 ;;;;;; (14422 57499))
2937 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
2938
2939 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
2940 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
2941 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
2942 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
2943 `make-composition'.
2944
2945 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
2946
2947 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
2948 | | 1:tc or top-center
2949 | | 2:tr or top-right
2950 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
2951 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
2952 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
2953 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
2954 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
2955 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
2956
2957 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
2958 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
2959 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
2960 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
2961 be added.
2962
2963 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
2964 NEW-REF-POINT is `tl' (top-left), the overall glyph is updated as
2965 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
2966
2967 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
2968 | | |
2969 | global| |
2970 | glyph | |
2971 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
2972 +----+--*--+
2973 | | new |
2974 | |glyph|
2975 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
2976 ")
2977
2978 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
2979 Compose characters in the current region.
2980
2981 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
2982
2983 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
2984 specifying the region.
2985
2986 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
2987 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers.
2988
2989 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
2990 of the text in the region.
2991
2992 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
2993
2994 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
2995 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
2996 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
2997 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
2998
2999 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
3000 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
3001 detail.
3002
3003 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3004 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3005 text in the composition." t nil)
3006
3007 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
3008 Decompose text in the current region.
3009
3010 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
3011 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
3012
3013 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
3014 Compose characters in string STRING.
3015
3016 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
3017 the characters in it.
3018
3019 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
3020 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
3021 STRING respectively.
3022
3023 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3024 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
3025 `compose-region' for more detail.
3026
3027 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3028 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3029 text in the composition." nil nil)
3030
3031 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
3032 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil)
3033
3034 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
3035 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
3036 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
3037 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
3038 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
3039 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
3040 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
3041 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
3042
3043 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
3044 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
3045
3046 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
3047 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
3048
3049 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
3050 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
3051
3052 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
3053 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
3054
3055 If no composition is found, return nil.
3056
3057 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
3058 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
3059
3060 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
3061 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
3062 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
3063
3064 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
3065
3066 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
3067
3068 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
3069 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
3070 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
3071
3072 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
3073
3074 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil)
3075 (put 'composition-function-table 'char-table-extra-slots 0)
3076
3077 (defvar composition-function-table (make-char-table (quote composition-function-table)) "\
3078 Char table of patterns and functions to make a composition.
3079
3080 Each element is nil or an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs
3081 are regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. FUNC is responsible
3082 for composing text matching the corresponding PATTERN. FUNC is called
3083 with three arguments FROM, TO, and PATTERN. See the function
3084 `compose-chars-after' for more detail.
3085
3086 This table is looked up by the first character of a composition when
3087 the composition gets invalid after a change in a buffer.")
3088
3089 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
3090 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
3091
3092 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
3093 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
3094 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
3095 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
3096 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
3097 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
3098 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
3099 nil.
3100
3101 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
3102 is:
3103 nil -- if no characters were composed.
3104 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
3105
3106 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
3107
3108 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil)
3109
3110 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
3111 Compose last characters.
3112 The argument is a parameterized event of the form (compose-last-chars N),
3113 where N is the number of characters before point to compose.
3114 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
3115 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
3116 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N)
3117 after a sequence character events." t nil)
3118 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
3119
3120 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
3121 Convert CHAR to string.
3122 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and the earlier.
3123
3124 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
3125 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or
3126 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil)
3127
3128 ;;;***
3129 \f
3130 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
3131 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (13538 26685))
3132 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
3133
3134 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
3135 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file
3136 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3137
3138 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
3139 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file
3140 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3141
3142 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
3143 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
3144 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
3145 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
3146
3147 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
3148 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil)
3149
3150 ;;;***
3151 \f
3152 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
3153 ;;;;;; (14463 42213))
3154 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
3155
3156 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
3157 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer to indicate
3158 the current year. If optional prefix ARG is given replace the years in the
3159 notice rather than adding the current year after them. If necessary and
3160 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, the copying permissions following the
3161 copyright, if any, are updated as well." t nil)
3162
3163 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
3164 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
3165
3166 ;;;***
3167 \f
3168 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
3169 ;;;;;; (14456 48530))
3170 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
3171
3172 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
3173 Major mode for editing Perl code.
3174 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
3175 Tab indents for Perl code.
3176 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
3177 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
3178
3179 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
3180 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
3181 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
3182 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
3183 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
3184 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess
3185 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
3186 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
3187 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
3188 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
3189 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
3190 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
3191
3192 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
3193
3194 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
3195 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
3196
3197 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
3198
3199 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
3200 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
3201 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
3202 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
3203 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
3204 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
3205 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
3206 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
3207 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
3208
3209 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
3210
3211 bite if angry;
3212
3213 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
3214 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
3215 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
3216 to nil.)
3217
3218 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
3219 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
3220 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
3221
3222 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
3223
3224 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
3225 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
3226 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
3227 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
3228 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
3229
3230 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
3231
3232 if (A) { B }
3233
3234 into
3235
3236 B if A;
3237
3238 \\{cperl-mode-map}
3239
3240 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
3241 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
3242 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
3243 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
3244 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
3245 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
3246 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
3247 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
3248 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
3249 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
3250 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
3251 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
3252 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
3253
3254 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
3255 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
3256 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
3257 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
3258 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
3259 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
3260
3261 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
3262 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
3263 man via menu.
3264
3265 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
3266 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
3267 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
3268 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
3269 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
3270
3271 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
3272 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
3273 span the needed amount of lines.
3274
3275 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
3276 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
3277 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
3278 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
3279
3280 Variables controlling indentation style:
3281 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
3282 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
3283 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
3284 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
3285 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
3286 `cperl-auto-newline'
3287 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
3288 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
3289 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
3290 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
3291 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
3292 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
3293 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
3294 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
3295 `cperl-indent-level'
3296 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
3297 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
3298 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
3299 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
3300 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
3301 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
3302 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
3303 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
3304 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3305 `cperl-brace-offset'
3306 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
3307 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
3308 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
3309 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
3310 `cperl-label-offset'
3311 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
3312 `cperl-min-label-indent'
3313 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
3314
3315 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
3316 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
3317 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
3318 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
3319 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
3320
3321 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
3322 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
3323 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
3324 \(both available from menu).
3325
3326 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
3327 column 0 is indented on
3328 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3329
3330 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
3331 with no args.
3332
3333 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
3334 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
3335 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
3336
3337 ;;;***
3338 \f
3339 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
3340 ;;;;;; (14568 36509))
3341 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
3342
3343 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
3344 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
3345 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
3346 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
3347 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
3348
3349 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
3350 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
3351
3352 ;;;***
3353 \f
3354 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
3355 ;;;;;; (14634 20465))
3356 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
3357
3358 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
3359 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
3360 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
3361 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
3362
3363 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3364 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
3365
3366 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3367
3368 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
3369
3370 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
3371 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
3372 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
3373
3374 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
3375
3376 ;;;***
3377 \f
3378 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
3379 ;;;;;; (14600 8203))
3380 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
3381
3382 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
3383 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
3384 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
3385 single prompt, optionally using completion.
3386
3387 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
3388 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
3389 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
3390 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
3391
3392 The default value for the separator character is the value of
3393 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
3394 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
3395
3396 Continguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
3397 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
3398 'bob', and 'eve'.
3399
3400 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
3401 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
3402 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
3403
3404 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
3405
3406 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
3407 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
3408 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD." nil nil)
3409
3410 ;;;***
3411 \f
3412 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
3413 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
3414 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
3415 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
3416 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
3417 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
3418 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable
3419 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
3420 ;;;;;; (14626 23730))
3421 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
3422 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
3423
3424 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
3425 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
3426
3427 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3428 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3429
3430 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3431 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3432
3433 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3434
3435 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
3436 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
3437
3438 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
3439 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
3440
3441 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
3442 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
3443
3444 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3445 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3446
3447 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3448 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3449
3450 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3451
3452 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
3453 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
3454 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
3455 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
3456
3457 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
3458 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
3459
3460 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3461 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3462
3463 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3464 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3465
3466 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3467
3468 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
3469 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
3470 User options are structured into \"groups\".
3471 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
3472 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
3473
3474 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
3475 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
3476
3477 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3478 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
3479
3480 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
3481
3482 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
3483 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
3484
3485 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
3486 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
3487 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
3488 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
3489 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
3490
3491 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
3492 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
3493 version." t nil)
3494
3495 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
3496
3497 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3498 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
3499 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
3500
3501 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
3502 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
3503 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
3504
3505 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3506 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window." t nil)
3507
3508 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
3509 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
3510
3511 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
3512 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
3513
3514 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
3515 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
3516 If ALL is `options', include only options.
3517 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
3518 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
3519 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
3520 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
3521
3522 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
3523 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
3524 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
3525
3526 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
3527 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
3528
3529 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
3530 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
3531
3532 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
3533 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
3534 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
3535 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
3536 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
3537 that option." nil nil)
3538
3539 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3540 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
3541 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
3542 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
3543 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
3544 that option." nil nil)
3545
3546 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
3547 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
3548
3549 (defvar custom-file nil "\
3550 File used for storing customization information.
3551 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
3552 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
3553 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
3554
3555 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
3556 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
3557 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
3558 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
3559
3560 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
3561 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
3562
3563 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
3564 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
3565
3566 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
3567 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
3568 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
3569
3570 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
3571 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
3572 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
3573 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
3574 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
3575
3576 ;;;***
3577 \f
3578 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
3579 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (14637 38156))
3580 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
3581
3582 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
3583 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
3584
3585 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
3586 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
3587 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
3588
3589 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
3590
3591 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
3592 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
3593 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
3594
3595 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
3596
3597 ;;;***
3598 \f
3599 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
3600 ;;;;;; (14619 3306))
3601 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
3602
3603 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
3604 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil)
3605
3606 ;;;***
3607 \f
3608 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
3609 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (14431 15379))
3610 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
3611
3612 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
3613 Minor mode that hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions.
3614
3615 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
3616 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
3617 C++ modes are included.
3618
3619 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
3620
3621 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
3622 Turn on CWarn mode.
3623
3624 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
3625 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil)
3626
3627 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
3628 Hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions in all buffers.
3629
3630 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on globally if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
3631
3632 ;;;***
3633 \f
3634 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
3635 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
3636 ;;;;;; (14623 45987))
3637 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
3638
3639 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
3640 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
3641
3642 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
3643 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
3644
3645 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
3646 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
3647 For readability, the table is slightly
3648 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
3649
3650 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
3651 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
3652 Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'.
3653 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
3654 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
3655
3656 ;;;***
3657 \f
3658 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
3659 ;;;;;; (14642 37753))
3660 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
3661
3662 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
3663
3664 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
3665
3666 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
3667 Completion on current word.
3668 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
3669 and presents suggestions for completion.
3670
3671 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
3672 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
3673 completions.
3674
3675 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
3676 then it searches *all* buffers.
3677
3678 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
3679 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
3680
3681 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
3682 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
3683
3684 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
3685 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
3686 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
3687 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
3688 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
3689
3690 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
3691 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
3692
3693 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
3694 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
3695 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
3696
3697 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
3698 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
3699
3700 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
3701
3702 ;;;***
3703 \f
3704 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (13706
3705 ;;;;;; 38927))
3706 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
3707
3708 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
3709 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
3710
3711 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
3712 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
3713 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
3714
3715 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
3716 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
3717 Data lines are not indented.
3718
3719 Key bindings:
3720
3721 \\{dcl-mode-map}
3722 Commands not usually bound to keys:
3723
3724 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
3725 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
3726 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
3727 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
3728
3729 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
3730
3731 dcl-basic-offset
3732 Extra indentation within blocks.
3733
3734 dcl-continuation-offset
3735 Extra indentation for continued lines.
3736
3737 dcl-margin-offset
3738 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
3739
3740 dcl-margin-label-offset
3741 Indentation for a label.
3742
3743 dcl-comment-line-regexp
3744 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
3745
3746 dcl-block-begin-regexp
3747 dcl-block-end-regexp
3748 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
3749 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
3750 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
3751 make it possible to define other places to indent.
3752 Set to nil to disable this feature.
3753
3754 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
3755 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
3756 Two such functions are included in the package:
3757 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
3758 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
3759
3760 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
3761 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
3762 One such function is included in the package:
3763 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
3764
3765 dcl-tab-always-indent
3766 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
3767 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
3768 margin.
3769
3770 dcl-electric-characters
3771 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
3772 typed.
3773
3774 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
3775 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
3776 which words trigger electric indentation.
3777
3778 dcl-tempo-comma
3779 dcl-tempo-left-paren
3780 dcl-tempo-right-paren
3781 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
3782
3783 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
3784 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
3785 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
3786 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
3787
3788 dcl-imenu-label-labels
3789 dcl-imenu-label-goto
3790 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
3791 dcl-imenu-label-call
3792 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
3793
3794 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
3795 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
3796 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
3797 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
3798
3799
3800 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
3801
3802 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
3803 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
3804 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
3805 $ i = 1
3806 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
3807 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
3808 $ label:
3809 $ if i.eq.1
3810 $ then
3811 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
3812 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
3813 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
3814 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
3815 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
3816 \"lined up with the command line\"
3817 $ type sys$input
3818 Data lines are not indented at all.
3819 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
3820 $ endif
3821 $
3822 " t nil)
3823
3824 ;;;***
3825 \f
3826 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
3827 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (14547 29510))
3828 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
3829
3830 (setq debugger (quote debug))
3831
3832 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
3833 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
3834 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
3835 of the evaluator.
3836
3837 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
3838 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
3839 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
3840
3841 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
3842 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
3843 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
3844 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
3845 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
3846 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
3847 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
3848
3849 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
3850 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
3851 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
3852
3853 ;;;***
3854 \f
3855 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
3856 ;;;;;; (13875 47403))
3857 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
3858
3859 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
3860 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
3861
3862 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
3863 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
3864 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
3865 Upper-case letters are commands.
3866
3867 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
3868 modify it.
3869
3870 The most useful commands are:
3871 \\<decipher-mode-map>
3872 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
3873 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
3874 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
3875 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
3876 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
3877
3878 ;;;***
3879 \f
3880 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region)
3881 ;;;;;; "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (14345 52903))
3882 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
3883
3884 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
3885 Prettify all columns in a text region.
3886
3887 START and END delimits the text region." t nil)
3888
3889 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
3890 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
3891
3892 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil)
3893
3894 ;;;***
3895 \f
3896 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (14505
3897 ;;;;;; 12112))
3898 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
3899
3900 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
3901 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
3902 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
3903 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
3904 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
3905 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
3906
3907 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
3908
3909 Customization:
3910
3911 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
3912 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
3913 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
3914 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
3915 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
3916 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
3917 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
3918 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
3919 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
3920 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
3921 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
3922 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
3923 blank line.
3924 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
3925 Directories to search when finding external units.
3926 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
3927 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
3928
3929 Coloring:
3930
3931 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
3932 Face used to color delphi comments.
3933 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
3934 Face used to color delphi strings.
3935 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
3936 Face used to color delphi keywords.
3937 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
3938 Face used to color everything else.
3939
3940 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
3941 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
3942
3943 ;;;***
3944 \f
3945 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode delete-selection-mode) "delsel"
3946 ;;;;;; "delsel.el" (14636 62703))
3947 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
3948
3949 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
3950
3951 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
3952 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
3953 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
3954 positive.
3955
3956 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
3957 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
3958 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
3959 any selection." t nil)
3960
3961 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
3962 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
3963 See command `delete-selection-mode'.
3964 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3965 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
3966
3967 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3968
3969 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
3970
3971 ;;;***
3972 \f
3973 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "derived.el"
3974 ;;;;;; (14638 25337))
3975 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
3976
3977 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
3978 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
3979 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
3980 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
3981 the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
3982
3983 ;;;***
3984 \f
3985 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
3986 ;;;;;; (14598 57772))
3987 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
3988
3989 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
3990 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
3991 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
3992
3993 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
3994 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
3995 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
3996 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
3997
3998 ;;;***
3999 \f
4000 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-decode-itrans-region devanagari-encode-itrans-region
4001 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region
4002 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region
4003 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region devanagari-compose-string devanagari-decompose-region
4004 ;;;;;; devanagari-decompose-string char-to-glyph-devanagari indian-to-devanagari-string
4005 ;;;;;; devanagari-to-indian-region indian-to-devanagari-region devanagari-to-indian
4006 ;;;;;; indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el"
4007 ;;;;;; (14623 45988))
4008 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
4009
4010 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
4011 Convert IS 13194 character CHAR to Devanagari basic characters.
4012 If CHAR is not IS 13194, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
4013
4014 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian) "devan-util" "\
4015 Convert Devanagari basic character CHAR to IS 13194 characters.
4016 If CHAR is not Devanagari basic character, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
4017
4018 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-region) "devan-util" "\
4019 Convert IS 13194 characters in region to Devanagari basic characters.
4020 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4021 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
4022
4023 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian-region) "devan-util" "\
4024 Convert Devanagari basic characters in region to Indian characters.
4025 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4026 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
4027
4028 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-string) "devan-util" "\
4029 Convert Indian characters in STRING to Devanagari Basic characters." nil nil)
4030
4031 (autoload (quote char-to-glyph-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
4032 Convert Devanagari characters in STRING to Devanagari glyphs.
4033 Ligatures and special rules are processed." nil nil)
4034
4035 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-string) "devan-util" "\
4036 Decompose Devanagari string STR" nil nil)
4037
4038 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4039
4040 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-string) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4041
4042 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4043
4044 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
4045 Compose IS 13194 characters in the region to Devanagari characters." t nil)
4046
4047 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4048
4049 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
4050 Decompose Devanagari characters in the region to IS 13194 characters." t nil)
4051
4052 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4053
4054 (autoload (quote devanagari-encode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4055
4056 (autoload (quote devanagari-decode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4057
4058 ;;;***
4059 \f
4060 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
4061 ;;;;;; (14587 2634))
4062 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
4063
4064 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
4065 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
4066 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
4067 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
4068 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
4069
4070 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
4071 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
4072 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
4073
4074 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
4075 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
4076 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
4077 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
4078
4079 #!/bin/sh
4080 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
4081 emacs -batch \\
4082 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
4083 european-calendar-style t \\
4084 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
4085 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
4086 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
4087
4088 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
4089 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
4090 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
4091 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
4092
4093 ;;;***
4094 \f
4095 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
4096 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (14280 10414))
4097 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
4098
4099 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
4100 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
4101
4102 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
4103 *The command to use to run diff.")
4104
4105 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
4106 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
4107 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
4108 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
4109 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
4110
4111 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
4112 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4113 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4114 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4115 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
4116
4117 ;;;***
4118 \f
4119 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
4120 ;;;;;; (14651 36400))
4121 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
4122
4123 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4124 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4125 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent) normal diffs.
4126 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
4127 This mode runs `diff-mode-hook'.
4128 \\{diff-mode-map}" t nil)
4129
4130 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4131 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4132 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
4133
4134 ;;;***
4135 \f
4136 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
4137 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
4138 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
4139 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
4140 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (14628 26786))
4141 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
4142
4143 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
4144 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
4145 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
4146 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
4147 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.")
4148
4149 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
4150 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
4151
4152 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
4153 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
4154 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
4155 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
4156 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
4157
4158 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
4159 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
4160
4161 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
4162 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
4163 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
4164 always set this variable to t.")
4165
4166 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
4167 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
4168 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
4169 A value of t means move to first file.")
4170
4171 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
4172 *Controls marking of renamed files.
4173 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
4174 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
4175 are afterward marked with that character.")
4176
4177 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
4178 *Controls marking of copied files.
4179 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
4180 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4181
4182 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
4183 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
4184 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4185 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4186
4187 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
4188 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
4189 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4190 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4191
4192 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
4193 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
4194 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
4195 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
4196
4197 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
4198
4199 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
4200 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
4201 \(This works on only some systems.)")
4202 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
4203
4204 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
4205 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
4206 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
4207 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
4208 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
4209 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
4210 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
4211 list of files to make directory entries for.
4212 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
4213 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
4214 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
4215 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
4216
4217 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
4218 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
4219
4220 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
4221 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
4222 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
4223
4224 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
4225 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
4226
4227 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
4228 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
4229
4230 ;;;***
4231 \f
4232 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-query-replace-regexp dired-do-search
4233 ;;;;;; dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down dired-tree-up
4234 ;;;;;; dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
4235 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
4236 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
4237 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
4238 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
4239 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
4240 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
4241 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
4242 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
4243 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
4244 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (14625 18672))
4245 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
4246
4247 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4248 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
4249 FILE defaults to the file at the mark.
4250 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
4251 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
4252 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4253
4254 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4255 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4256 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4257 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4258 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
4259 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4260
4261 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
4262 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
4263 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
4264
4265 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
4266 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4267
4268 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
4269 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4270
4271 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
4272 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
4273 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
4274 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
4275
4276 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
4277 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
4278 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
4279 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
4280 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
4281
4282 If there is output, it goes to a separate buffer.
4283
4284 Normally the command is run on each file individually.
4285 However, if there is a `*' in the command then it is run
4286 just once with the entire file list substituted there.
4287
4288 If there is no `*', but a `?' in the command then it is still run
4289 on each file individually but with the filename substituted there
4290 instead of att the end of the command.
4291
4292 No automatic redisplay of dired buffers is attempted, as there's no
4293 telling what files the command may have changed. Type
4294 \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
4295
4296 The shell command has the top level directory as working directory, so
4297 output files usually are created there instead of in a subdir.
4298
4299 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
4300 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil)
4301
4302 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
4303 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
4304 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
4305 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
4306 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
4307 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
4308
4309 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4310
4311 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
4312 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4313
4314 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
4315 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4316
4317 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
4318 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4319
4320 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
4321 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
4322 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
4323 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
4324
4325 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4326
4327 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4328
4329 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4330
4331 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4332
4333 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4334
4335 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
4336 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
4337
4338 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
4339 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
4340 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
4341 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4342 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
4343 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
4344 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4345
4346 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
4347 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4348 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4349 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
4350 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
4351 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4352
4353 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
4354 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4355 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4356 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
4357 and new hard links are made in that directory
4358 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4359
4360 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
4361 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4362 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
4363 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory." t nil)
4364
4365 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4366 Rename marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4367 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
4368 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
4369 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
4370 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
4371
4372 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
4373 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
4374
4375 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4376 Copy all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4377 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4378
4379 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4380 Hardlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4381 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4382
4383 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4384 Symlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4385 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4386
4387 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
4388 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
4389
4390 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
4391 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
4392
4393 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4394 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
4395 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
4396 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
4397 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
4398 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
4399 this subdirectory.
4400 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
4401
4402 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4403 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
4404 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
4405 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
4406 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
4407 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
4408 this subdirectory.
4409 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
4410
4411 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4412 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
4413 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
4414
4415 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4416 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
4417 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
4418 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil)
4419
4420 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
4421 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
4422 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
4423 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
4424
4425 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4426 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
4427 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
4428
4429 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
4430 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
4431
4432 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
4433 Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
4434
4435 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4436 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
4437 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
4438 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil)
4439
4440 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
4441 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
4442 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
4443 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil)
4444
4445 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
4446 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
4447 Stops when a match is found.
4448 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
4449
4450 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4451 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
4452 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
4453 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query replace
4454 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
4455
4456 ;;;***
4457 \f
4458 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (14523 40402))
4459 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
4460
4461 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
4462 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
4463 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
4464 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
4465 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
4466 buffer and try again." t nil)
4467
4468 ;;;***
4469 \f
4470 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14032 30315))
4471 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
4472
4473 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
4474 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
4475 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
4476
4477 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
4478
4479 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
4480 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
4481
4482 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
4483 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
4484 " nil nil)
4485
4486 ;;;***
4487 \f
4488 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776
4489 ;;;;;; 9615))
4490 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
4491
4492 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
4493 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
4494 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
4495 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
4496 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
4497 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
4498
4499 ;;;***
4500 \f
4501 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
4502 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
4503 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
4504 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
4505 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (14638 40743))
4506 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
4507
4508 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
4509 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
4510
4511 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
4512 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
4513 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
4514 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
4515 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
4516
4517 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
4518 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
4519 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
4520 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
4521 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
4522
4523 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
4524 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
4525
4526 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
4527 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
4528
4529 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
4530 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
4531
4532 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
4533 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
4534
4535 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
4536 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
4537
4538 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
4539 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
4540 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
4541 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
4542
4543 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
4544 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
4545 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
4546 X frame." nil nil)
4547
4548 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
4549 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
4550
4551 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" nil nil nil)
4552
4553 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
4554 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
4555
4556 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
4557 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
4558 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
4559 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
4560
4561 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
4562 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
4563 European character display.
4564
4565 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
4566 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
4567 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
4568 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
4569
4570 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
4571 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
4572 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
4573 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
4574 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil)
4575
4576 ;;;***
4577 \f
4578 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
4579 ;;;;;; (13229 28172))
4580 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
4581
4582 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
4583 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
4584 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
4585 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
4586 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
4587 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
4588 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
4589 Default is 2." t nil)
4590
4591 ;;;***
4592 \f
4593 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (13556 41573))
4594 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
4595
4596 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
4597 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
4598
4599 ;;;***
4600 \f
4601 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
4602 ;;;;;; (14288 20375))
4603 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
4604
4605 (defvar double-mode nil "\
4606 Toggle Double mode.
4607 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4608 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
4609
4610 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4611
4612 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
4613
4614 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
4615 Toggle Double mode.
4616 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
4617
4618 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
4619 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
4620
4621 ;;;***
4622 \f
4623 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (13607 44546))
4624 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
4625
4626 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
4627 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
4628
4629 ;;;***
4630 \f
4631 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
4632 ;;;;;; (14030 48685))
4633 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
4634
4635 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
4636 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
4637
4638 ;;;***
4639 \f
4640 ;;;### (autoloads (define-derived-mode easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap
4641 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
4642 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (14651 36597))
4643 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
4644
4645 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
4646
4647 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
4648 Define a new minor mode MODE.
4649 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
4650 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
4651
4652 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
4653 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
4654 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
4655 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
4656 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
4657 in order to build a valid keymap.
4658 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
4659 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
4660 BODY can start with a list of CL-style keys specifying additional arguments.
4661 Currently two such keyword arguments are supported:
4662 :group followed by the group name to use for any generated `defcustom'.
4663 :global if non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
4664 buffer-local. By default, the variable is made buffer-local." nil (quote macro))
4665
4666 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
4667 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the MODE buffer-local minor mode.
4668 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
4669 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
4670 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
4671 :group to specify the custom group." nil (quote macro))
4672
4673 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
4674
4675 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
4676
4677 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
4678 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
4679
4680 The arguments to this command are as follow:
4681
4682 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
4683 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode').
4684 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
4685 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
4686 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
4687 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
4688 hooks for the new mode.
4689
4690 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
4691
4692 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
4693
4694 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
4695 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
4696 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
4697
4698 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
4699 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
4700
4701 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
4702 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
4703 (setq case-fold-search nil))
4704
4705 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
4706 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
4707
4708 ;;;***
4709 \f
4710 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
4711 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (14634
4712 ;;;;;; 20460))
4713 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
4714
4715 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
4716 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
4717 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
4718 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
4719
4720 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
4721 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
4722
4723 :filter FUNCTION
4724
4725 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
4726 menu displayed.
4727
4728 :visible INCLUDE
4729
4730 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
4731 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
4732
4733 :active ENABLE
4734
4735 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
4736 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4737
4738 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
4739
4740 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
4741
4742 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
4743
4744 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
4745 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
4746
4747 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
4748 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4749
4750 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
4751
4752 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
4753
4754 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
4755
4756 :keys KEYS
4757
4758 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
4759 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
4760 computed automatically.
4761 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
4762
4763 :key-sequence KEYS
4764
4765 KEYS is nil a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
4766 menu item.
4767 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs first display of
4768 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
4769 keyboard equivalent.
4770
4771 :active ENABLE
4772
4773 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
4774 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4775
4776 :included INCLUDE
4777
4778 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
4779 expression has a non-nil value.
4780
4781 :suffix NAME
4782
4783 NAME is a string; the name of an argument to CALLBACK.
4784
4785 :style STYLE
4786
4787 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
4788 defined:
4789
4790 toggle: A checkbox.
4791 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
4792 radio: A radio button.
4793 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
4794 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
4795 menu bar itself.
4796 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
4797
4798 :selected SELECTED
4799
4800 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
4801 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4802
4803 :help HELP
4804
4805 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
4806
4807 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
4808 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
4809 as a solid horizontal line.
4810
4811 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
4812
4813 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
4814
4815 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
4816 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
4817 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
4818 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4819
4820 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
4821 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
4822 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
4823 should contain a submenu named NAME.
4824 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
4825 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
4826
4827 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
4828 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
4829 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
4830
4831 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
4832 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
4833
4834 ;;;***
4835 \f
4836 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
4837 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
4838 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
4839 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
4840 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (14485 59667))
4841 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
4842
4843 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
4844 Customization for ebnf group." t nil)
4845
4846 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
4847 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
4848
4849 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
4850 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
4851 it to the printer.
4852
4853 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
4854 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
4855 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
4856 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
4857
4858 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
4859 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region.
4860 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
4861
4862 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
4863 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
4864 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
4865 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
4866
4867 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
4868
4869 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
4870 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally.
4871 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
4872
4873 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
4874
4875 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
4876 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
4877
4878 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
4879 The EPS file name has the following form:
4880
4881 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
4882
4883 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
4884 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
4885
4886 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
4887 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
4888 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
4889 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
4890
4891 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
4892
4893 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
4894 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
4895
4896 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
4897 The EPS file name has the following form:
4898
4899 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
4900
4901 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
4902 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
4903
4904 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
4905 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
4906 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
4907 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
4908
4909 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
4910
4911 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
4912
4913 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
4914 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil)
4915
4916 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
4917 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil)
4918
4919 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
4920 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil)
4921
4922 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4923 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil)
4924
4925 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4926 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil)
4927
4928 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4929 Set STYLE to current style.
4930
4931 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
4932
4933 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4934 Reset current style.
4935
4936 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
4937
4938 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4939 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
4940
4941 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
4942
4943 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4944 Pop a style and set it to current style.
4945
4946 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
4947
4948 ;;;***
4949 \f
4950 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-tags-query-replace
4951 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
4952 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (14613
4953 ;;;;;; 26536))
4954 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
4955
4956 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
4957 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
4958 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
4959 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
4960 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
4961 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
4962
4963 Tree mode key bindings:
4964 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}" t nil)
4965
4966 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
4967 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled." t nil)
4968
4969 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.\nA second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match. \nA call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with\ncompletion." t nil)
4970
4971 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
4972 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
4973 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
4974 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over." t nil)
4975
4976 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
4977 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
4978 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only." t nil)
4979
4980 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
4981 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
4982 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
4983 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in." t nil)
4984
4985 ;;;***
4986 \f
4987 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
4988 ;;;;;; (13778 5499))
4989 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
4990
4991 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
4992 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
4993 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
4994 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
4995
4996 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
4997 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
4998 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
4999
5000 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
5001 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
5002 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
5003
5004 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
5005
5006 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
5007
5008 ;;;***
5009 \f
5010 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
5011 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (14447 15307))
5012 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
5013
5014 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
5015 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
5016 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
5017
5018 ;;;***
5019 \f
5020 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
5021 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (14637 38269))
5022 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
5023
5024 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
5025 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
5026 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
5027 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
5028 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
5029
5030 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
5031 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
5032 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
5033 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
5034
5035 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
5036 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
5037 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
5038 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
5039
5040 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
5041 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
5042 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
5043 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
5044
5045 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
5046
5047 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
5048 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
5049 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
5050 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
5051 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
5052
5053 ;;;***
5054 \f
5055 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
5056 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
5057 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
5058 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
5059 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
5060 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
5061 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
5062 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
5063 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3
5064 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (14522 27408))
5065 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
5066
5067 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
5068 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
5069
5070 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
5071 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
5072
5073 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
5074
5075 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
5076
5077 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
5078 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
5079
5080 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
5081
5082 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
5083 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
5084
5085 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
5086
5087 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
5088 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
5089 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5090 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5091
5092 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
5093
5094 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5095 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
5096 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5097 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5098
5099 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
5100
5101 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
5102 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
5103 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
5104 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5105
5106 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
5107
5108 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
5109 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
5110 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5111 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5112
5113 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
5114
5115 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5116 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
5117 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
5118 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
5119 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
5120 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5121
5122 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5123 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
5124 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5125 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5126
5127 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
5128
5129 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5130 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
5131 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5132 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5133
5134 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
5135
5136 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
5137
5138 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5139 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
5140 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5141 follows:
5142 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5143 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5144
5145 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
5146 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
5147 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5148 follows:
5149 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5150 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5151
5152 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5153 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5154 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5155 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
5156 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
5157
5158 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
5159 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5160 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5161 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
5162 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
5163 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
5164
5165 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
5166
5167 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
5168 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
5169
5170 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5171 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
5172
5173 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
5174
5175 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
5176 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
5177
5178 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5179 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
5180
5181 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
5182 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
5183 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5184 buffer." t nil)
5185
5186 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5187 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
5188 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5189 buffer." t nil)
5190
5191 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
5192 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
5193 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
5194 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
5195
5196 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
5197 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
5198 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
5199 and don't ask the user.
5200 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
5201 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil)
5202
5203 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
5204 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME." t nil)
5205
5206 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
5207
5208 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
5209
5210 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
5211 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
5212 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5213 buffer. Use `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
5214
5215 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
5216
5217 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
5218 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
5219 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
5220
5221 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
5222 Display Ediff's manual.
5223 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
5224
5225 ;;;***
5226 \f
5227 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
5228 ;;;;;; (14522 27392))
5229 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
5230
5231 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil)
5232
5233 ;;;***
5234 \f
5235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (14367 2123))
5236 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
5237
5238 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
5239
5240 (progn (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) ["-------" nil nil] "OO-Browser...")))))
5241
5242 (cond ((string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) ((featurep (quote menu-bar)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation)))))
5243
5244 ;;;***
5245 \f
5246 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
5247 ;;;;;; (14636 62704))
5248 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
5249
5250 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
5251 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
5252
5253 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
5254
5255 ;;;***
5256 \f
5257 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
5258 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (14367 2134))
5259 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
5260
5261 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
5262 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
5263 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
5264 which see." t nil)
5265
5266 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
5267 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
5268 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
5269 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
5270
5271 ;;;***
5272 \f
5273 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
5274 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
5275 ;;;;;; (14634 20435))
5276 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
5277 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
5278
5279 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
5280 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
5281 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
5282
5283 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5284 Edit a keyboard macro.
5285 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
5286 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
5287 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
5288 its command name.
5289 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
5290
5291 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5292 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
5293
5294 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5295 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
5296
5297 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5298 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
5299 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
5300 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
5301 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
5302 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
5303
5304 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
5305 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
5306 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
5307 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
5308
5309 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5310 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
5311 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
5312 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
5313 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
5314 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
5315
5316 ;;;***
5317 \f
5318 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on) "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (13271
5319 ;;;;;; 33724))
5320 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
5321
5322 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
5323 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
5324
5325 ;;;***
5326 \f
5327 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
5328 ;;;;;; (13116 19762))
5329 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
5330
5331 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
5332 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
5333 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
5334 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
5335 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
5336 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
5337 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
5338 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
5339
5340 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
5341 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
5342
5343 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
5344 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
5345 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
5346 this value is non-nil.
5347
5348 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
5349 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those
5350 things.
5351
5352 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise) the help
5353 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion')
5354 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
5355
5356 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
5357
5358 ;;;***
5359 \f
5360 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-mode) "eldoc"
5361 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (13881 39947))
5362 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
5363
5364 (defvar eldoc-mode nil "\
5365 *If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
5366
5367 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
5368 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
5369 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
5370 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
5371 from the documentation string if possible.
5372
5373 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
5374 instead.
5375
5376 This variable is buffer-local.")
5377
5378 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
5379 *Enable or disable eldoc mode.
5380 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details.
5381
5382 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition
5383 of the mode.
5384 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable
5385 the mode, respectively." t nil)
5386
5387 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
5388 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
5389
5390 ;;;***
5391 \f
5392 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (14495
5393 ;;;;;; 17971))
5394 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
5395
5396 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
5397 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
5398
5399 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
5400 an elided material again.
5401
5402 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil)
5403
5404 ;;;***
5405 \f
5406 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
5407 ;;;;;; (13363 2909))
5408 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
5409
5410 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
5411 Initialize elint." t nil)
5412
5413 ;;;***
5414 \f
5415 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
5416 ;;;;;; elp-restore-function elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el"
5417 ;;;;;; (14638 40759))
5418 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
5419
5420 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
5421 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
5422 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
5423
5424 (autoload (quote elp-restore-function) "elp" "\
5425 Restore an instrumented function to its original definition.
5426 Argument FUNSYM is the symbol of a defined function." t nil)
5427
5428 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
5429 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
5430 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
5431
5432 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
5433 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
5434 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
5435
5436 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
5437
5438 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
5439 Display current profiling results.
5440 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
5441 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
5442 displayed." t nil)
5443
5444 ;;;***
5445 \f
5446 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
5447 ;;;;;; (13649 21996))
5448 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
5449
5450 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
5451 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
5452 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
5453
5454 ;;;***
5455 \f
5456 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
5457 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
5458 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
5459 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
5460 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (14345 52903))
5461 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
5462
5463 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
5464
5465 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
5466
5467 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
5468
5469 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
5470
5471 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
5472
5473 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
5474
5475 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
5476
5477 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
5478
5479 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
5480
5481 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
5482 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
5483
5484 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
5485 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
5486
5487 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
5488 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
5489
5490 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
5491 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
5492
5493 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5494
5495 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5496
5497 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5498
5499 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5500
5501 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
5502 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
5503
5504 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
5505 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
5506
5507 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
5508
5509 ;;;***
5510 \f
5511 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
5512 ;;;;;; (14642 24031))
5513 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
5514
5515 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
5516 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
5517 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5518
5519 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
5520 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
5521 automatically.
5522
5523 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
5524 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
5525 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." nil nil)
5526
5527 ;;;***
5528 \f
5529 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
5530 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (14539 53665))
5531 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
5532
5533 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
5534 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
5535 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
5536 text/enriched format.
5537 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
5538
5539 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
5540 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
5541
5542 Commands:
5543
5544 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
5545
5546 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
5547
5548 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
5549
5550 ;;;***
5551 \f
5552 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
5553 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
5554 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
5555 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
5556 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-table-list
5557 ;;;;;; tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (14634
5558 ;;;;;; 20489))
5559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
5560
5561 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
5562 *File name of tags table.
5563 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
5564 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
5565 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
5566 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
5567
5568 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
5569 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
5570 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
5571 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
5572
5573 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
5574 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
5575 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
5576 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
5577 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
5578 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
5579
5580 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
5581 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
5582 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
5583 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
5584 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
5585
5586 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
5587 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
5588 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
5589 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
5590
5591 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
5592 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
5593 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
5594 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
5595 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
5596
5597 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
5598 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
5599 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
5600 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
5601
5602 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
5603 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
5604 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
5605 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
5606 file the tag was in." t nil)
5607
5608 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
5609 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
5610 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
5611 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
5612 without directory names." nil nil)
5613
5614 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
5615 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
5616 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
5617 but does not select the buffer.
5618 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
5619
5620 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5621 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5622 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5623 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
5624 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5625
5626 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
5627
5628 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5629 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5630 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5631
5632 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5633
5634 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
5635 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
5636 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
5637 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
5638
5639 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5640 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5641 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5642 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
5643 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5644
5645 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
5646
5647 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5648 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5649 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5650
5651 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5652 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
5653
5654 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
5655 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
5656 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
5657 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
5658 around or before point.
5659
5660 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5661 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5662 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5663 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
5664 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5665
5666 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
5667
5668 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5669 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5670 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5671
5672 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5673 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
5674
5675 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
5676 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
5677 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
5678 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
5679 around or before point.
5680
5681 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5682 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5683 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5684 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
5685 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5686
5687 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
5688
5689 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5690 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5691 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5692
5693 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5694 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
5695
5696 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
5697 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
5698 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
5699
5700 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5701 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5702 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5703 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
5704 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5705
5706 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
5707
5708 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5709 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5710 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5711
5712 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5713 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
5714 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
5715
5716 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
5717 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
5718
5719 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
5720 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
5721 where they were found." t nil)
5722
5723 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
5724 Select next file among files in current tags table.
5725
5726 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
5727 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
5728 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
5729
5730 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
5731 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
5732
5733 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
5734 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
5735
5736 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
5737 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
5738 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
5739 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
5740
5741 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
5742 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
5743 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
5744 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
5745 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
5746 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
5747
5748 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
5749 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
5750 Stops when a match is found.
5751 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
5752
5753 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5754
5755 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
5756 Query-replace-regexp FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
5757 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
5758 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
5759 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
5760
5761 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5762
5763 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
5764 Display list of tags in file FILE.
5765 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
5766 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
5767 directory specification." t nil)
5768
5769 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
5770 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
5771
5772 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
5773 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
5774 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
5775 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
5776
5777 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
5778 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
5779 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
5780 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
5781 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil)
5782
5783 ;;;***
5784 \f
5785 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
5786 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
5787 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
5788 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
5789 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
5790 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
5791 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
5792 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (14623 45988))
5793 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
5794
5795 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
5796
5797 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
5798 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
5799 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
5800 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
5801
5802 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
5803 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
5804 language.
5805
5806 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
5807 even if the buffer is read-only.
5808
5809 See also the descriptions of the variables
5810 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
5811 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
5812
5813 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5814 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
5815
5816 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
5817 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
5818
5819 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
5820 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
5821 language.
5822
5823 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
5824 buffer is read-only.
5825
5826 See also the descriptions of the variables
5827 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
5828 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
5829
5830 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
5831 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
5832 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
5833
5834 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
5835 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
5836
5837 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
5838 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
5839
5840 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
5841 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
5842
5843 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
5844 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
5845 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
5846 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
5847
5848 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
5849 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
5850 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
5851 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
5852
5853 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
5854 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
5855 the primary language.
5856
5857 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
5858 buffer is read-only.
5859
5860 See also the descriptions of the variables
5861 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
5862 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
5863
5864 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5865 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
5866 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
5867 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
5868
5869 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
5870 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
5871 primary language.
5872
5873 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
5874 buffer is read-only.
5875
5876 See also the descriptions of the variables
5877 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
5878 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
5879
5880 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
5881 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
5882 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
5883
5884 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
5885 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
5886
5887 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
5888 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
5889 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
5890 3) convert the body into SERA.
5891
5892 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
5893
5894 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
5895 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
5896 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
5897
5898 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
5899 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
5900
5901 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
5902 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
5903
5904 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
5905 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
5906 be 1, 2, or 3.
5907
5908 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
5909 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
5910 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
5911
5912 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
5913
5914 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
5915 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
5916
5917 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5918 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
5919 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
5920
5921 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5922 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
5923
5924 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5925 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
5926
5927 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
5928 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
5929
5930 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
5931 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
5932
5933 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5934 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
5935
5936 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
5937 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
5938
5939 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
5940 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
5941
5942 ;;;***
5943 \f
5944 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
5945 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
5946 ;;;;;; (14463 3149))
5947 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
5948
5949 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
5950 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
5951 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
5952 server for future sessions." t nil)
5953
5954 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
5955 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
5956
5957 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
5958 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
5959
5960 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
5961 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
5962 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
5963 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
5964 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
5965 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
5966 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
5967 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
5968 If REPLACE is non nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
5969 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
5970 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
5971 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil)
5972
5973 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
5974 Display a form to query the directory server.
5975 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
5976 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
5977
5978 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
5979 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
5980 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil)
5981
5982 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
5983
5984 ;;;***
5985 \f
5986 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
5987 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
5988 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (14461 51599))
5989 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
5990
5991 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
5992 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil)
5993
5994 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
5995 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil)
5996
5997 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
5998 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil)
5999
6000 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
6001 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil)
6002
6003 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
6004 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil)
6005
6006 ;;;***
6007 \f
6008 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
6009 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (14460 58168))
6010 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
6011
6012 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
6013 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
6014 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil)
6015
6016 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
6017 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil)
6018
6019 ;;;***
6020 \f
6021 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
6022 ;;;;;; (14460 58176))
6023 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
6024
6025 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
6026 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil)
6027
6028 ;;;***
6029 \f
6030 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-self-display executable-set-magic)
6031 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (13940 33734))
6032 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
6033
6034 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
6035 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
6036 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
6037 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
6038 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
6039 executable." t nil)
6040
6041 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
6042 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
6043 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
6044
6045 ;;;***
6046 \f
6047 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
6048 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (14443 18506))
6049 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
6050
6051 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
6052 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
6053 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
6054 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
6055
6056 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
6057
6058 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
6059 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
6060 to generate such functions.
6061
6062 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
6063 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
6064 beginning of the expanded text.
6065
6066 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
6067 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
6068 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
6069 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
6070
6071 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil)
6072
6073 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
6074 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
6075 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
6076
6077 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
6078 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
6079 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
6080 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
6081 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
6082
6083 ;;;***
6084 \f
6085 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (14623 45936))
6086 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
6087
6088 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
6089 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
6090
6091 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
6092 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
6093 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
6094
6095 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
6096
6097 Key definitions:
6098 \\{f90-mode-map}
6099
6100 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6101
6102 f90-do-indent
6103 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
6104 f90-if-indent
6105 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
6106 f90-type-indent
6107 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
6108 f90-program-indent
6109 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
6110 (default 2)
6111 f90-continuation-indent
6112 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
6113 f90-comment-region
6114 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
6115 region. (default \"!!!$\")
6116 f90-indented-comment-re
6117 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
6118 (default \"!\")
6119 f90-directive-comment-re
6120 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
6121 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
6122 f90-break-delimiters
6123 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
6124 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
6125 f90-break-before-delimiters
6126 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
6127 (default t)
6128 f90-beginning-ampersand
6129 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
6130 f90-smart-end
6131 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
6132 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
6133 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
6134 f90-auto-keyword-case
6135 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
6136 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
6137 f90-leave-line-no
6138 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
6139 f90-startup-message
6140 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
6141 f90-keywords-re
6142 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
6143
6144 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
6145 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
6146
6147 ;;;***
6148 \f
6149 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at
6150 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props
6151 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible
6152 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground
6153 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (14634 20435))
6154 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
6155 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
6156 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
6157
6158 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
6159 Menu keymap for faces.")
6160
6161 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
6162
6163 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
6164 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
6165
6166 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
6167
6168 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
6169 Menu keymap for background colors")
6170
6171 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
6172
6173 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
6174 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
6175
6176 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
6177
6178 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
6179 Submenu for text justification commands.")
6180
6181 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
6182
6183 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
6184 Submenu for indentation commands.")
6185
6186 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
6187
6188 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
6189 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
6190
6191 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
6192
6193 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "List Properties") (quote list-text-properties-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
6194
6195 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
6196
6197 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
6198
6199 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
6200 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
6201 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
6202 will not show through at all will be removed.
6203
6204 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer.
6205
6206 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
6207 this command sets the region to the requested face.
6208
6209 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6210 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6211 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
6212
6213 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
6214 Set the foreground color of the region or next character typed.
6215 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
6216 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
6217 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
6218 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
6219 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
6220 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
6221
6222 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
6223 Set the background color of the region or next character typed.
6224 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created).
6225 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
6226 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
6227 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
6228 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
6229 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
6230
6231 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
6232 Set the face of the region or next character typed.
6233 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
6234 is the menu item's name.
6235
6236 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
6237 this command sets the region to the requested face.
6238
6239 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6240 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6241 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
6242
6243 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
6244 Make the region invisible.
6245 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
6246 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6247
6248 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
6249 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
6250 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
6251 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6252
6253 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
6254 Make the region unmodifiable.
6255 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
6256 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6257
6258 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
6259 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
6260
6261 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
6262 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
6263
6264 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
6265 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
6266 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
6267
6268 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\
6269 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
6270
6271 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
6272 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
6273
6274 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
6275 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
6276 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
6277 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
6278 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
6279
6280 ;;;***
6281 \f
6282 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
6283 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (14477 53252))
6284 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
6285
6286 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
6287 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
6288 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
6289 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
6290
6291 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
6292
6293 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
6294 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
6295 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
6296
6297 Font Lock caches may be saved:
6298 - When you save the file's buffer.
6299 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
6300 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
6301 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
6302 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
6303
6304 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
6305
6306 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
6307 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
6308 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
6309 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
6310
6311 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
6312 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
6313
6314 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
6315
6316 ;;;***
6317 \f
6318 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
6319 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts)
6320 ;;;;;; "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (14415 45092))
6321 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
6322
6323 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
6324 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
6325
6326 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
6327 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
6328 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
6329 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
6330
6331 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
6332 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
6333 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
6334 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
6335 backup file names and the like)." t nil)
6336
6337 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
6338 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
6339 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
6340 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
6341 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
6342 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
6343 internally by feedmail):
6344
6345 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
6346 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
6347 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
6348 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
6349
6350 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
6351 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
6352 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
6353 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
6354 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
6355
6356 ;;;***
6357 \f
6358 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu find-file-at-point
6359 ;;;;;; ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (14637 38207))
6360 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
6361
6362 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
6363 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
6364 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
6365 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
6366 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
6367 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
6368 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
6369
6370 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
6371 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
6372 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
6373 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
6374 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
6375 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
6376 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
6377
6378 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
6379 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
6380
6381 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
6382 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
6383 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
6384 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
6385 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
6386 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
6387
6388 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
6389 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
6390 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
6391 Return value:
6392 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
6393 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
6394 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
6395
6396 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
6397 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
6398
6399 ;;;***
6400 \f
6401 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
6402 ;;;;;; (14332 47695))
6403 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
6404
6405 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
6406 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
6407 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
6408 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
6409 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
6410 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
6411 \(directories) is done." t nil)
6412 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
6413 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
6414 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
6415
6416 ;;;***
6417 \f
6418 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
6419 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (14345 52903))
6420 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
6421
6422 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
6423 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
6424 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
6425 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
6426 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
6427
6428 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
6429 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
6430 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
6431 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
6432
6433 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
6434 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
6435 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
6436
6437 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
6438
6439 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
6440 as the final argument." t nil)
6441
6442 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
6443 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
6444 and run dired on those files.
6445 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
6446 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
6447
6448 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
6449
6450 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
6451 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output.
6452 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
6453
6454 find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls
6455
6456 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
6457
6458 ;;;***
6459 \f
6460 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
6461 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
6462 ;;;;;; (13670 3046))
6463 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
6464
6465 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
6466 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
6467 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file;.
6468
6469 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
6470
6471 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
6472 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
6473 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
6474
6475 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
6476 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
6477
6478 Variables of interest include:
6479
6480 - ff-case-fold-search
6481 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see case-fold-search).
6482 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
6483
6484 - ff-always-in-other-window
6485 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
6486 argument is given to ff-find-other-file.
6487
6488 - ff-ignore-include
6489 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
6490
6491 - ff-always-try-to-create
6492 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
6493
6494 - ff-quiet-mode
6495 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
6496
6497 - ff-special-constructs
6498 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
6499 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
6500 extracting the filename from that construct.
6501
6502 - ff-other-file-alist
6503 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
6504
6505 - ff-search-directories
6506 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
6507 ff-other-file-alist that matches this file's extension.
6508
6509 - ff-pre-find-hooks
6510 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
6511
6512 - ff-pre-load-hooks
6513 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
6514
6515 - ff-post-load-hooks
6516 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
6517
6518 - ff-not-found-hooks
6519 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
6520
6521 - ff-file-created-hooks
6522 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
6523
6524 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
6525 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
6526
6527 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
6528 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
6529
6530 ;;;***
6531 \f
6532 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
6533 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
6534 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
6535 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
6536 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el"
6537 ;;;;;; (14398 37514))
6538 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
6539
6540 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
6541 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
6542
6543 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
6544 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
6545 not selected.
6546
6547 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
6548 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
6549 in `load-path'." nil nil)
6550
6551 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
6552 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
6553
6554 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
6555 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
6556 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
6557 it is one of the current buffers.
6558
6559 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
6560 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
6561 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
6562
6563 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
6564 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
6565
6566 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
6567
6568 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
6569 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
6570
6571 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
6572
6573 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
6574 Return a pair `(buffer . point)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
6575
6576 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
6577 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
6578 not selected.
6579
6580 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
6581 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
6582
6583 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
6584 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
6585
6586 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
6587 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
6588 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
6589 it is one of the current buffers.
6590
6591 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
6592 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
6593 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
6594
6595 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
6596 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
6597
6598 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
6599
6600 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
6601 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
6602
6603 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
6604
6605 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
6606 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
6607 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
6608
6609 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
6610 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
6611
6612 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
6613 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
6614
6615 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
6616 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
6617
6618 ;;;***
6619 \f
6620 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
6621 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (14576 32883))
6622 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
6623
6624 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
6625 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer." t nil)
6626
6627 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
6628 Display FILE's commentary section.
6629 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'." t nil)
6630
6631 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
6632 Find packages matching a given keyword." t nil)
6633
6634 ;;;***
6635 \f
6636 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
6637 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450))
6638 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
6639
6640 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
6641 Toggle flow control handling.
6642 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
6643 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
6644
6645 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
6646 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
6647 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
6648 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
6649 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
6650 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
6651
6652 ;;;***
6653 \f
6654 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-mode-off flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el"
6655 ;;;;;; (14512 26322))
6656 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
6657
6658 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
6659 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
6660 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
6661 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
6662 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
6663 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
6664
6665 Bindings:
6666 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
6667 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
6668 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
6669
6670 Hooks:
6671 flyspell-mode-hook is run after flyspell is entered.
6672
6673 Remark:
6674 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
6675 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
6676 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
6677
6678 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
6679 consider adding:
6680 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
6681 in your .emacs file.
6682
6683 flyspell-region checks all words inside a region.
6684
6685 flyspell-buffer checks the whole buffer." t nil)
6686
6687 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
6688 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
6689
6690 ;;;***
6691 \f
6692 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
6693 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
6694 ;;;;;; (14392 8455))
6695 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
6696
6697 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
6698 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
6699
6700 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
6701 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
6702
6703 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
6704 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
6705
6706 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
6707 of two major techniques:
6708
6709 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
6710 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
6711 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
6712
6713 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
6714 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
6715 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
6716 movement commands.
6717
6718 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
6719 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
6720 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
6721 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
6722 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
6723 mileage may vary).
6724
6725 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
6726 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
6727
6728 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
6729
6730 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
6731 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
6732 \(This is the default.)
6733
6734 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
6735 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
6736
6737 Keys specific to Follow mode:
6738 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
6739
6740 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
6741 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
6742
6743 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
6744 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
6745 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
6746 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
6747 two windows always will display two successive pages.
6748 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
6749
6750 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
6751 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
6752 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
6753
6754 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
6755 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
6756 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
6757
6758 ;;;***
6759 \f
6760 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode
6761 ;;;;;; global-font-lock-mode font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords
6762 ;;;;;; turn-on-font-lock font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el"
6763 ;;;;;; (14620 23716))
6764 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
6765
6766 (defvar font-lock-mode-hook nil "\
6767 Function or functions to run on entry to Font Lock mode.")
6768
6769 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
6770 Toggle Font Lock mode.
6771 With arg, turn Font Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6772
6773 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
6774
6775 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
6776 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
6777 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the
6778 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
6779
6780 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in
6781 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
6782
6783 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
6784
6785 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font
6786 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one
6787 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
6788
6789 (global-font-lock-mode t)
6790
6791 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode
6792 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where
6793 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
6794 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
6795 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
6796 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
6797
6798 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support
6799 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs:
6800
6801 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
6802 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t)
6803
6804 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting
6805 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can
6806 use `font-lock-add-keywords'.
6807
6808 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer
6809 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
6810
6811 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of
6812 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused
6813 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
6814
6815 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default
6816 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a
6817 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil)
6818
6819 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\
6820 Turn on Font Lock mode conditionally.
6821 Turn on only if the terminal can display it." nil nil)
6822
6823 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
6824 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
6825 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
6826 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
6827 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
6828 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
6829 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
6830 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
6831 end of the current highlighting list.
6832
6833 For example:
6834
6835 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
6836 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
6837 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
6838
6839 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
6840 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
6841
6842 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g.,
6843 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
6844 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
6845
6846 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
6847 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
6848
6849 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
6850 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer." nil nil)
6851
6852 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
6853 Toggle Global Font Lock mode.
6854 With prefix ARG, turn Global Font Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
6855 Displays a message saying whether the mode is on or off if MESSAGE is non-nil.
6856 Returns the new status of Global Font Lock mode (non-nil means on).
6857
6858 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically
6859 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'." t nil)
6860
6861 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\
6862 Toggle Global Font Lock mode.
6863 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically
6864 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'.
6865 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6866 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.")
6867
6868 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
6869
6870 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock))
6871
6872 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
6873 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
6874
6875 ;;;***
6876 \f
6877 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
6878 ;;;;;; (14652 49270))
6879 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
6880
6881 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
6882 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
6883 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
6884 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
6885 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
6886
6887 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward
6888 compatibility.
6889
6890 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
6891 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
6892
6893 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
6894
6895 ;;;***
6896 \f
6897 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (14517
6898 ;;;;;; 9680))
6899 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
6900
6901 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
6902 Toggle footnote minor mode.
6903 \\<message-mode-map>
6904 key binding
6905 --- -------
6906
6907 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
6908 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
6909 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
6910 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
6911 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
6912 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
6913 " t nil)
6914
6915 ;;;***
6916 \f
6917 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
6918 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (14381 57540))
6919 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
6920
6921 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
6922 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
6923
6924 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
6925 TAB forms-next-field TAB
6926 C-c TAB forms-next-field
6927 C-c < forms-first-record <
6928 C-c > forms-last-record >
6929 C-c ? describe-mode ?
6930 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
6931 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
6932 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
6933 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
6934 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
6935 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
6936 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
6937 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
6938 C-c C-x forms-exit x
6939 " t nil)
6940
6941 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
6942 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
6943
6944 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
6945 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
6946
6947 ;;;***
6948 \f
6949 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
6950 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (14537 23071))
6951 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
6952
6953 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
6954 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
6955 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
6956 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
6957 with a character in column 6.")
6958
6959 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
6960 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
6961 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
6962 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
6963
6964 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
6965 Fortran keywords.
6966
6967 Key definitions:
6968 \\{fortran-mode-map}
6969
6970 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6971
6972 `comment-start'
6973 Normally nil in Fortran mode. If you want to use comments
6974 starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
6975 `fortran-do-indent'
6976 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
6977 `fortran-if-indent'
6978 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
6979 `fortran-structure-indent'
6980 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
6981 (default 3)
6982 `fortran-continuation-indent'
6983 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
6984 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
6985 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
6986 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
6987 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
6988 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
6989 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
6990 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
6991 (for TAB format continuation style).
6992 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
6993 indentation for a line of code.
6994 (default 'fixed)
6995 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
6996 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
6997 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
6998 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
6999 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
7000 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7001 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
7002 `fortran-line-number-indent'
7003 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
7004 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
7005 column 5. (default 1)
7006 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
7007 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
7008 statements. (default nil)
7009 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
7010 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
7011 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
7012 statement. (default nil)
7013 `fortran-continuation-string'
7014 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
7015 line. (default \"$\")
7016 `fortran-comment-region'
7017 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
7018 region. (default \"c$$$\")
7019 `fortran-electric-line-number'
7020 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
7021 as typed. (default t)
7022 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
7023 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
7024 (default t)
7025
7026 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
7027 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
7028
7029 ;;;***
7030 \f
7031 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
7032 ;;;;;; (13973 3308))
7033 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
7034
7035 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
7036 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
7037
7038 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
7039 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
7040
7041 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
7042 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
7043 function.
7044
7045 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
7046 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
7047 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
7048 comment-start syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
7049 pair are considered to be comment-start and comment-end respectively.
7050 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
7051
7052 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
7053 Each keyword should be a string.
7054
7055 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
7056 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
7057
7058 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to auto-mode-alist.
7059 These regexps are added to auto-mode-alist as soon as `define-generic-mode'
7060 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
7061
7062 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
7063
7064 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
7065
7066 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
7067 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
7068 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
7069 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
7070
7071 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
7072 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
7073
7074 ;;;***
7075 \f
7076 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
7077 ;;;;;; (14609 53573))
7078 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
7079
7080 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
7081 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
7082 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
7083 at places they belong to." t nil)
7084
7085 ;;;***
7086 \f
7087 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
7088 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (14030 49411))
7089 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
7090
7091 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
7092 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
7093
7094 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
7095 Read network news.
7096 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
7097 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
7098 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
7099 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
7100 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
7101
7102 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
7103 Read news as a slave." t nil)
7104
7105 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
7106 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
7107
7108 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
7109 Read network news.
7110 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
7111 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
7112 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
7113
7114 ;;;***
7115 \f
7116 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
7117 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
7118 ;;;;;; (14030 49649))
7119 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
7120
7121 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
7122 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
7123
7124 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
7125 Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
7126
7127 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
7128 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
7129 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
7130 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
7131
7132 \(gnus-agentize)
7133
7134 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
7135 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
7136 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
7137
7138 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
7139 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
7140
7141 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
7142
7143 ;;;***
7144 \f
7145 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
7146 ;;;;;; (14030 49288))
7147 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
7148
7149 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
7150 Play a sound through the speaker." t nil)
7151
7152 ;;;***
7153 \f
7154 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
7155 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14030
7156 ;;;;;; 49293))
7157 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
7158
7159 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
7160 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
7161
7162 Usage:
7163 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
7164
7165 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
7166 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
7167
7168 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
7169 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
7170
7171 ;;;***
7172 \f
7173 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
7174 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (14177 56552))
7175 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
7176
7177 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
7178 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
7179 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
7180
7181 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
7182 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
7183
7184 ;;;***
7185 \f
7186 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
7187 ;;;;;; (14030 49328))
7188 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
7189
7190 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
7191
7192 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
7193 Run batched scoring.
7194 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
7195
7196 ;;;***
7197 \f
7198 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
7199 ;;;;;; (14030 49334))
7200 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
7201
7202 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
7203 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
7204 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
7205
7206 ;;;***
7207 \f
7208 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-initialize gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule"
7209 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mule.el" (14092 5540))
7210 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
7211
7212 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
7213 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
7214 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
7215 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car and cdr part are regarded as
7216 coding-system for reading and writing respectively." nil nil)
7217
7218 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-initialize) "gnus-mule" "\
7219 Do several settings for GNUS to enable automatic code conversion." nil nil)
7220
7221 ;;;***
7222 \f
7223 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
7224 ;;;;;; (14030 49357))
7225 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
7226
7227 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
7228 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
7229 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
7230 for matching on group names.
7231
7232 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
7233 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
7234
7235 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
7236
7237 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
7238
7239 ;;;***
7240 \f
7241 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
7242 ;;;;;; (14030 49359))
7243 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
7244
7245 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
7246 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
7247
7248 ;;;***
7249 \f
7250 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
7251 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (14345 52937))
7252 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
7253
7254 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
7255 Unload all Gnus features." t nil)
7256
7257 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
7258 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
7259
7260 ;;;***
7261 \f
7262 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
7263 ;;;;;; (14030 49407))
7264 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
7265
7266 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
7267 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
7268
7269 ;;;***
7270 \f
7271 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (13940 33566))
7272 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
7273
7274 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
7275 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
7276 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
7277 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
7278 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
7279
7280 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
7281 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
7282 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
7283
7284 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
7285 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
7286 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
7287
7288 ;;;***
7289 \f
7290 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
7291 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (14637 38354))
7292 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
7293
7294 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
7295 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
7296 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
7297 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
7298 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
7299
7300 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
7301 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
7302 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
7303 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
7304 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
7305
7306 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
7307 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
7308 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
7309 or to send e-mail.
7310 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
7311
7312 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
7313 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
7314
7315 ;;;***
7316 \f
7317 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (14300 2906))
7318 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
7319
7320 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
7321 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
7322 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
7323 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
7324 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil)
7325
7326 ;;;***
7327 \f
7328 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
7329 ;;;;;; (14629 39461))
7330 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
7331
7332 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
7333 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7334 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7335 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7336
7337 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
7338 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7339 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7340 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7341
7342 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
7343 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7344 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7345 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7346
7347 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
7348 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7349 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7350 and source-file directory for your debugger.
7351
7352 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
7353 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
7354
7355 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
7356 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7357 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7358 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7359
7360 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
7361 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
7362 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7363 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7364
7365 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
7366 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. The buffer is named
7367 \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\"
7368 if there is. If the \"-classpath\" switch is given, omit all whitespace
7369 between it and it's value." t nil)
7370 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
7371
7372 ;;;***
7373 \f
7374 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (14638
7375 ;;;;;; 40782))
7376 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
7377
7378 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
7379 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
7380 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
7381 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
7382
7383 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
7384 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
7385 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
7386 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
7387
7388 ;;;***
7389 \f
7390 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
7391 ;;;;;; (14539 53714))
7392 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
7393
7394 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
7395 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil)
7396
7397 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
7398 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
7399 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
7400 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
7401
7402 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil)
7403
7404 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
7405 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
7406 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
7407 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
7408 to be updated." t nil)
7409
7410 ;;;***
7411 \f
7412 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
7413 ;;;;;; (14264 39262))
7414 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
7415
7416 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
7417 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
7418 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
7419 and window listing and describing the options.
7420 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
7421 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
7422
7423 ;;;***
7424 \f
7425 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
7426 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (14518 20602))
7427 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
7428
7429 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
7430 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
7431
7432 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
7433 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
7434
7435 ;;;***
7436 \f
7437 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
7438 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (14589 54862))
7439 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
7440
7441 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
7442 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
7443 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
7444 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
7445 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
7446
7447 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
7448 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
7449
7450 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
7451 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
7452 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
7453 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
7454
7455 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
7456 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
7457 periods.
7458
7459 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
7460 in hexl format.
7461
7462 A sample format:
7463
7464 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
7465 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
7466 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
7467 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
7468 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
7469 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
7470 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
7471 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
7472 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
7473 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
7474 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
7475 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
7476 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
7477 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
7478 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
7479
7480 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
7481 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
7482 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
7483
7484 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
7485 also supported.
7486
7487 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
7488
7489 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
7490 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
7491 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
7492
7493 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
7494 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
7495 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
7496
7497 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
7498 into the buffer at the current point.
7499
7500 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
7501 into the buffer at the current point.
7502
7503 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
7504 into the buffer at the current point.
7505
7506 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
7507
7508 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
7509 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
7510
7511 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
7512
7513 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
7514
7515 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
7516 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
7517 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
7518
7519 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
7520 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
7521 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
7522
7523 ;;;***
7524 \f
7525 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
7526 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (14392 886))
7527 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
7528
7529 (defvar hide-ifdef-mode nil "\
7530 Non-nil when hide-ifdef-mode is activated.")
7531
7532 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
7533 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
7534 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
7535 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
7536 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
7537 how the hiding is done:
7538
7539 hide-ifdef-env
7540 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
7541 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
7542 is used.
7543
7544 hide-ifdef-define-alist
7545 An association list of defined symbol lists.
7546 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
7547 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
7548 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
7549
7550 hide-ifdef-lines
7551 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
7552 #endif lines when hiding.
7553
7554 hide-ifdef-initially
7555 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
7556 is activated.
7557
7558 hide-ifdef-read-only
7559 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
7560 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
7561
7562 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
7563
7564 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
7565 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
7566
7567 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
7568 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
7569
7570 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
7571 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
7572
7573 ;;;***
7574 \f
7575 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
7576 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (14512 26322))
7577 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
7578
7579 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
7580 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
7581
7582 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
7583 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
7584 Each element has the form
7585 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
7586
7587 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
7588 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
7589
7590 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
7591 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
7592
7593 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
7594 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
7595 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
7596 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
7597 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
7598
7599 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
7600 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
7601
7602 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
7603 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
7604
7605 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
7606 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
7607 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
7608
7609 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
7610 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
7611 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
7612 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
7613 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
7614 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
7615
7616 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
7617 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-show-region'. There is also
7618 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
7619
7620 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
7621 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
7622
7623 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
7624
7625 Key bindings:
7626 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
7627
7628 ;;;***
7629 \f
7630 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
7631 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
7632 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
7633 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (14637 38207))
7634 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
7635
7636 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
7637
7638 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
7639 Remove the change face from the region.
7640 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
7641
7642 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
7643 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
7644
7645 Without an argument,
7646 if Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (to either active
7647 or passive as determined by variable highlight-changes-initial-state);
7648 otherwise, toggle between active and passive states.
7649
7650 With an argument,
7651 if just C-u or a positive argument, set state to active;
7652 with a zero argument, set state to passive;
7653 with a negative argument, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
7654
7655 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
7656 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
7657 not displayed in a different face.
7658
7659 Functions:
7660 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
7661 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
7662 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
7663 buffer with the contents of a file
7664 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
7665 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
7666 various faces.
7667
7668
7669 Hook variables:
7670 highlight-changes-enable-hook - when Highlight Changes mode enabled.
7671 highlight-changes-toggle-hook - when entering active or passive state
7672 highlight-changes-disable-hook - when turning off Highlight Changes mode.
7673 " t nil)
7674
7675 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
7676 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
7677
7678 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
7679 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
7680
7681 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
7682 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
7683
7684 Current changes will be display in the face described by the first element
7685 of highlight-changes-face-list, those (older) changes will be shown in the
7686 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
7687 shown in the last face in the list.
7688
7689 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
7690 by adding this to local-write-file-hooks, by evaling (in the
7691 buffer to be saved):
7692 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)
7693 " t nil)
7694
7695 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
7696 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
7697
7698 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
7699 and not in read-only mode.
7700
7701 If the backup filename exists, it is used as the default
7702 when called interactively.
7703
7704 If a buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it also will
7705 have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is read in
7706 temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
7707
7708 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
7709 changes made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
7710 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil)
7711
7712 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
7713 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
7714
7715 When called interactively:
7716 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
7717 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
7718 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
7719 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
7720
7721 When called from a program:
7722 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
7723 - if ARG is 'active, turn it on in active mode
7724 - if ARG is 'passive, turn it on in passive mode
7725 - otherwise just turn it on
7726
7727 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
7728 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
7729 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
7730 \"Suitablity\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil)
7731
7732 ;;;***
7733 \f
7734 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
7735 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
7736 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
7737 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
7738 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (14398 37488))
7739 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
7740
7741 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
7742 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
7743 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
7744 or insert functions in this list.")
7745
7746 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
7747 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
7748
7749 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
7750 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
7751
7752 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
7753 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
7754
7755 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
7756 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
7757
7758 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
7759 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
7760 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
7761
7762 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
7763 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
7764 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
7765 \(as atoms)")
7766
7767 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
7768 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
7769 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
7770 \(as atoms). If non-NIL, this variable overrides the variable
7771 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
7772
7773 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
7774 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
7775 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
7776 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
7777 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
7778 expansions.
7779 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
7780 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
7781 undoes the expansion." t nil)
7782
7783 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
7784 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
7785 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
7786 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
7787
7788 ;;;***
7789 \f
7790 ;;;### (autoloads (hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (14651 36465))
7791 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
7792
7793 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
7794 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
7795 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
7796 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
7797 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil)
7798
7799 ;;;***
7800 \f
7801 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
7802 ;;;;;; (13462 53924))
7803 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
7804
7805 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
7806 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
7807
7808 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
7809 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
7810
7811 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
7812
7813 ;;;***
7814 \f
7815 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
7816 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "hscroll.el" (14454 81))
7817 ;;; Generated autoloads from hscroll.el
7818
7819 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
7820 This function is obsolete." nil nil)
7821
7822 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
7823 This function is absolete." t nil)
7824
7825 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
7826 This function is absolete." t nil)
7827
7828 ;;;***
7829 \f
7830 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
7831 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (14636 62704))
7832 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
7833
7834 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
7835 Activate incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
7836 Deactivates with negative universal argument." t nil)
7837
7838 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
7839 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
7840 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
7841
7842 ;;;***
7843 \f
7844 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (13549 39403))
7845 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
7846
7847 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
7848 Major mode for editing Icon code.
7849 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
7850 Tab indents for Icon code.
7851 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
7852 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
7853 \\{icon-mode-map}
7854 Variables controlling indentation style:
7855 icon-tab-always-indent
7856 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
7857 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
7858 icon-auto-newline
7859 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
7860 inserted in Icon code.
7861 icon-indent-level
7862 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
7863 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
7864 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
7865 icon-continued-statement-offset
7866 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
7867 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
7868 icon-continued-brace-offset
7869 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
7870 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
7871 icon-brace-offset
7872 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
7873 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
7874 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
7875 this far to the right of the start of its line.
7876
7877 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
7878 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
7879
7880 ;;;***
7881 \f
7882 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
7883 ;;;;;; (14495 18053))
7884 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
7885
7886 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
7887 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
7888 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
7889 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
7890
7891 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
7892 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
7893 separate frames.
7894
7895 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'.
7896
7897 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
7898 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
7899 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
7900
7901 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
7902
7903 ;;;***
7904 \f
7905 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
7906 ;;;;;; (14495 18054))
7907 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
7908
7909 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
7910 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
7911
7912 The main features of this mode are
7913
7914 1. Indentation and Formatting
7915 --------------------------
7916 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
7917 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
7918
7919 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also
7920 be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point.
7921 When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at
7922 that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
7923
7924 Comments are indented as follows:
7925
7926 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
7927 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
7928 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
7929
7930 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
7931
7932 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation
7933 of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be
7934 retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments.
7935 When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code
7936 can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended).
7937
7938 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
7939 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs].
7940 Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
7941
7942 2. Routine Info
7943 ------------
7944 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted
7945 keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info].
7946 \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module.
7947 These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode
7948 buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules
7949 currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
7950 information, which is also used for completion (see next item).
7951
7952 3. Completion
7953 ----------
7954 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions and
7955 keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and figures out what
7956 is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword). Lower case
7957 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
7958 upper case.
7959
7960 4. Code Templates and Abbreviations
7961 --------------------------------
7962 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
7963 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
7964
7965 \\pr PROCEDURE template
7966 \\fu FUNCTION template
7967 \\c CASE statement template
7968 \\f FOR loop template
7969 \\r REPEAT Loop template
7970 \\w WHILE loop template
7971 \\i IF statement template
7972 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
7973 \\b BEGIN
7974
7975 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
7976 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
7977
7978 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
7979 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
7980 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
7981
7982 5. Automatic Case Conversion
7983 -------------------------
7984 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
7985 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
7986
7987 6. Automatic END completion
7988 ------------------------
7989 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
7990 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
7991
7992 7. Hooks
7993 -----
7994 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
7995 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
7996
7997 8. Documentation and Customization
7998 -------------------------------
7999 Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info]
8000 to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work).
8001 For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's
8002 homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'.
8003 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
8004
8005 9. Keybindings
8006 -----------
8007 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
8008 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
8009 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
8010
8011 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil)
8012
8013 ;;;***
8014 \f
8015 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (13638 47263))
8016 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
8017 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
8018
8019 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
8020 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
8021 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
8022
8023 ;;;***
8024 \f
8025 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
8026 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
8027 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (14653 63162))
8028 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
8029
8030 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
8031 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
8032 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
8033 be determined." nil nil)
8034
8035 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
8036 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
8037 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
8038 be determined." nil nil)
8039
8040 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
8041 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
8042 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
8043
8044 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
8045 Create an image.
8046 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
8047 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
8048 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
8049 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
8050 use its file extension.as image type.
8051 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
8052 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
8053 like, e.g. `:heuristic-mask t'.
8054 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
8055
8056 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
8057 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
8058 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
8059 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
8060 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
8061 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
8062 POS may be an integer or marker.
8063 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
8064 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
8065 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
8066 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
8067
8068 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
8069 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
8070 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
8071 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
8072 defaulted if you omit it.
8073 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
8074 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
8075 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
8076 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
8077
8078 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
8079 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
8080 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
8081 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
8082
8083 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
8084 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
8085
8086 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
8087
8088 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
8089 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
8090 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
8091 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
8092 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
8093 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
8094 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
8095 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
8096 satisfied.
8097
8098 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'." nil nil)
8099
8100 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
8101 Define SYMBOL as an image.
8102
8103 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
8104 documentation string.
8105
8106 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
8107 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
8108 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
8109 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
8110 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
8111 string containing the actual image data. The first image
8112 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
8113 define SYMBOL.
8114
8115 Example:
8116
8117 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
8118 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro))
8119
8120 ;;;***
8121 \f
8122 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
8123 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (14634 20442))
8124 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
8125
8126 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
8127 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
8128
8129 Affects only the mouse index menu.
8130
8131 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
8132 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
8133 in the buffer.
8134
8135 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
8136
8137 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
8138 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
8139 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
8140
8141 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
8142 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
8143
8144 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
8145 to create a buffer index.
8146
8147 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
8148 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
8149 or like this:
8150 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
8151 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
8152 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
8153 of the form (NAME FUNCTION POSITION-MARKER ARGUMENTS...)
8154 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS beiong copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
8155
8156 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
8157 entries are not nested.
8158
8159 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
8160 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
8161 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
8162 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
8163
8164 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
8165 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
8166
8167 The variable is buffer-local.
8168
8169 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
8170 regexp matches are case sensitive. and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
8171 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
8172
8173 For example, see the value of `lisp-imenu-generic-expression' used by
8174 `lisp-mode' and `emacs-lisp-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set
8175 locally to give the characters which normally have \"punctuation\"
8176 syntax \"word\" syntax during matching.")
8177
8178 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
8179
8180 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
8181 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
8182
8183 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
8184 of the current buffer as an alist.
8185
8186 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
8187 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
8188 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
8189 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
8190 if it is a sub-alist.
8191
8192 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
8193
8194 The variable is buffer-local.")
8195
8196 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
8197
8198 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
8199 Function for finding the next index position.
8200
8201 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
8202 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
8203 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
8204 file.
8205
8206 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
8207 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
8208
8209 This variable is local in all buffers.")
8210
8211 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
8212
8213 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
8214 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
8215
8216 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
8217 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
8218 It should return the name for that index item.
8219
8220 This variable is local in all buffers.")
8221
8222 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
8223
8224 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
8225 Function to compare string with index item.
8226
8227 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
8228 non-nil if they match.
8229
8230 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
8231 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
8232 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
8233 arguments match\".
8234
8235 This variable is local in all buffers.")
8236
8237 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
8238
8239 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
8240 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
8241 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
8242
8243 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
8244
8245 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
8246
8247 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
8248 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
8249 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
8250 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
8251
8252 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
8253 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
8254
8255 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
8256
8257 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
8258 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
8259 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
8260 for more information." t nil)
8261
8262 ;;;***
8263 \f
8264 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
8265 ;;;;;; (14589 55732))
8266 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
8267
8268 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
8269 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
8270 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
8271 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
8272 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
8273
8274 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
8275 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
8276
8277 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
8278 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
8279 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
8280 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
8281 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
8282 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
8283 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
8284 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
8285
8286 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
8287 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
8288 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
8289 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
8290 Inferior Lisp buffer.
8291
8292 More precise choices:
8293 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
8294 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
8295 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
8296
8297 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
8298
8299 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
8300 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
8301
8302 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
8303 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
8304 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
8305 to that buffer.
8306 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
8307 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
8308 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
8309 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
8310 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
8311
8312 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
8313
8314 ;;;***
8315 \f
8316 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
8317 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone
8318 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (14651 47854))
8319 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
8320
8321 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
8322 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
8323 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
8324
8325 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
8326 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
8327 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
8328 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
8329 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
8330 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
8331
8332 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
8333 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
8334
8335 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
8336 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
8337 in all the directories in that path." t nil)
8338
8339 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
8340 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
8341 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
8342 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil)
8343
8344 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
8345 Go to the Info directory node." t nil)
8346
8347 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
8348 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
8349 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
8350 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
8351 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
8352
8353 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
8354 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual the command bound to KEY, a string.
8355 Interactively, if the binding is execute-extended-command, a command is read.
8356 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
8357 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
8358 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
8359
8360 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
8361 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
8362 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
8363
8364 ;;;***
8365 \f
8366 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
8367 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
8368 ;;;;;; (14539 53666))
8369 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
8370
8371 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
8372 Throw away all cached data.
8373 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
8374 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
8375 system." t nil)
8376
8377 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
8378 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
8379 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
8380 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
8381 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
8382 The default symbol is the one found at point.
8383
8384 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil)
8385
8386 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
8387 Display the documentation of a file.
8388 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
8389 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
8390 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
8391 The default file name is the one found at point.
8392
8393 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil)
8394
8395 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
8396 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
8397
8398 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
8399 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
8400
8401 ;;;***
8402 \f
8403 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
8404 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (14281 34724))
8405 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
8406
8407 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
8408 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
8409
8410 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
8411 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
8412 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
8413
8414 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
8415 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
8416 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
8417
8418 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
8419 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
8420 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
8421 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
8422
8423 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
8424 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
8425 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
8426
8427 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
8428 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
8429 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
8430 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
8431 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
8432
8433 ;;;***
8434 \f
8435 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
8436 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
8437 ;;;;;; (14644 61013))
8438 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
8439
8440 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
8441 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
8442
8443 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
8444 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
8445
8446 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
8447
8448 ;;;***
8449 \f
8450 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
8451 ;;;;;; (14388 10886))
8452 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
8453
8454 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
8455 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
8456 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
8457 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
8458 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
8459 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
8460
8461 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
8462 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
8463
8464 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
8465 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
8466 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
8467 \"s gives German sharp s.
8468 /a gives a with ring.
8469 /e gives an a-e ligature.
8470 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
8471 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
8472 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
8473
8474 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
8475 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
8476
8477 ;;;***
8478 \f
8479 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
8480 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
8481 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
8482 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (14564 29908))
8483 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
8484
8485 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
8486 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
8487 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8488 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8489 `format-alist')." t nil)
8490
8491 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
8492 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
8493 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8494 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8495 `format-alist')." t nil)
8496
8497 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
8498 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
8499 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8500 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8501 `format-alist')." t nil)
8502
8503 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
8504 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
8505 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8506 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8507 `format-alist')." t nil)
8508
8509 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
8510 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
8511 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8512 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8513 `format-alist')." t nil)
8514
8515 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
8516 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
8517 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8518 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8519 `format-alist')." t nil)
8520
8521 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
8522 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
8523 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8524 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8525 `format-alist')." t nil)
8526
8527 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
8528 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
8529 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
8530 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8531 `format-alist')." t nil)
8532
8533 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
8534 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
8535 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
8536 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8537 `format-alist')." t nil)
8538
8539 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
8540 Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
8541
8542 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
8543 Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
8544
8545 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
8546 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
8547
8548 ;;;***
8549 \f
8550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
8551 ;;;;;; (14164 4477))
8552 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
8553 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
8554 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
8555 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
8556
8557 ;;;***
8558 \f
8559 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
8560 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
8561 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
8562 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist ispell-local-dictionary-alist
8563 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
8564 ;;;;;; (14637 38360))
8565 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
8566
8567 (defconst xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\
8568 Non nil if using XEmacs.")
8569
8570 (defconst version18p (string-match "18\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
8571 Non nil if using emacs version 18.")
8572
8573 (defconst version20p (string-match "20\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
8574 Non nil if using emacs version 20.")
8575
8576 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
8577 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
8578 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
8579 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
8580
8581 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
8582 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
8583 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
8584
8585 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[---]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[---]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
8586
8587 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
8588
8589 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[---']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
8590
8591 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[---'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
8592
8593 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2))))
8594
8595 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
8596
8597 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
8598 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
8599
8600 Each element of this list is also a list:
8601
8602 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
8603 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
8604
8605 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
8606 nil means the default dictionary.
8607
8608 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
8609 word.
8610
8611 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
8612
8613 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
8614 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
8615 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
8616 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
8617 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
8618 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
8619 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
8620 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
8621 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
8622
8623 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
8624 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
8625 single word.
8626
8627 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
8628 subprocess.
8629
8630 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
8631 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
8632 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
8633 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
8634 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
8635 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
8636 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
8637 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
8638
8639 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
8640
8641 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
8642 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
8643 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
8644
8645 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
8646 Key map for ispell menu.")
8647
8648 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
8649 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
8650 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
8651 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
8652
8653 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not version18p) (not xemacsp) (quote reload)))
8654
8655 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (path (and (boundp (quote ispell-library-path)) ispell-library-path)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (quote default)) (cons "Select Default Dict" (cons "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "default")))))) ((or (not path) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name)))))))))
8656
8657 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit path to dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
8658
8659 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer)))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
8660
8661 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
8662
8663 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|-\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|-\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|-\\|~\\)+\\)+"))) "\
8664 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
8665 The alist key must be a regular expression.
8666 Valid forms include:
8667 (KEY) - just skip the key.
8668 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
8669 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
8670 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
8671
8672 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
8673 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
8674 First list is used raw.
8675 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
8676
8677 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
8678 for skipping in latex mode.")
8679
8680 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
8681
8682 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
8683 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
8684 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
8685 in a window allowing you to choose one.
8686
8687 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
8688 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
8689 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
8690 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
8691 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
8692
8693 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
8694 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
8695
8696 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
8697
8698 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
8699 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
8700
8701 return values:
8702 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted.
8703 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
8704 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
8705 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
8706 quit spell session exited." t nil)
8707
8708 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
8709 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
8710
8711 Selections are:
8712
8713 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
8714 SPC: Accept word this time.
8715 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
8716 `a': Accept word for this session.
8717 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
8718 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
8719 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
8720 `?': Show these commands.
8721 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
8722 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
8723 the aborted check to be completed later.
8724 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
8725 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
8726 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
8727 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
8728 `C-l': redraws screen
8729 `C-r': recursive edit
8730 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
8731
8732 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
8733 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
8734 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
8735
8736 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
8737 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
8738 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
8739
8740 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
8741
8742 With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil)
8743
8744 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
8745 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
8746 Return nil if spell session is quit,
8747 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil)
8748
8749 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
8750 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
8751
8752 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
8753 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
8754
8755 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
8756 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
8757
8758 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
8759 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words')
8760 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
8761 sequence inside of a word.
8762
8763 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
8764
8765 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
8766 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
8767
8768 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
8769 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
8770 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
8771
8772 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
8773 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
8774
8775 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
8776 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil)
8777
8778 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
8779 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
8780 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
8781 Don't check included messages.
8782
8783 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
8784 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
8785 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
8786
8787 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
8788 in your .emacs file:
8789 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
8790 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
8791 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
8792 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
8793
8794 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
8795 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
8796 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
8797
8798 ;;;***
8799 \f
8800 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
8801 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
8802 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (14619 3306))
8803 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
8804
8805 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
8806 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
8807 Return the name of a buffer selected.
8808 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
8809 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
8810 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
8811
8812 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
8813 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
8814 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
8815 adds a hook to the minibuffer." t nil)
8816
8817 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
8818 Switch to another buffer.
8819
8820 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
8821 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
8822 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
8823 in another frame.
8824 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
8825
8826 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
8827 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
8828 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
8829 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
8830
8831 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
8832 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
8833 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
8834 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
8835
8836 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
8837 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
8838 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
8839 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
8840
8841 ;;;***
8842 \f
8843 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
8844 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
8845 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
8846 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (14623 45991))
8847 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
8848
8849 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
8850
8851 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
8852 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
8853 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
8854 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
8855 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
8856 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
8857 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
8858 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
8859
8860 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
8861 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
8862 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
8863 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
8864
8865 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
8866 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
8867 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
8868 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
8869 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
8870
8871 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
8872 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
8873 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
8874 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
8875
8876 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
8877 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
8878 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
8879 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
8880
8881 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
8882 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
8883
8884 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
8885 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
8886 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
8887 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
8888 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
8889
8890 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
8891 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
8892 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
8893 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
8894 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
8895
8896 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
8897 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
8898 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
8899
8900 ;;;***
8901 \f
8902 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-jit-lock jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el"
8903 ;;;;;; (14651 36595))
8904 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
8905
8906 (autoload (quote jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "\
8907 Toggle Just-in-time Lock mode.
8908 With arg, turn Just-in-time Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
8909 Enable it automatically by customizing group `font-lock'.
8910
8911 When Just-in-time Lock mode is enabled, fontification is different in the
8912 following ways:
8913
8914 - Demand-driven buffer fontification triggered by Emacs C code.
8915 This means initial fontification of the whole buffer does not occur.
8916 Instead, fontification occurs when necessary, such as when scrolling
8917 through the buffer would otherwise reveal unfontified areas. This is
8918 useful if buffer fontification is too slow for large buffers.
8919
8920 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `jit-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
8921 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
8922 been idle for `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
8923 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
8924
8925 - Deferred context fontification if `jit-lock-defer-contextually' is
8926 non-nil. This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to
8927 true syntactic context, after `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds of Emacs
8928 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs
8929 on modified lines only, and subsequent lines can remain fontified
8930 corresponding to previous syntactic contexts. This is useful where
8931 strings or comments span lines.
8932
8933 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
8934 If the system load rises above `jit-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
8935 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
8936 the variable `jit-lock-stealth-nice'." t nil)
8937
8938 (autoload (quote turn-on-jit-lock) "jit-lock" "\
8939 Unconditionally turn on Just-in-time Lock mode." nil nil)
8940
8941 ;;;***
8942 \f
8943 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el"
8944 ;;;;;; (14568 39747))
8945 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
8946
8947 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
8948 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
8949 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8950 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
8951
8952 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8953
8954 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
8955 (defun auto-compression-mode (&optional arg)
8956 "\
8957 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
8958 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
8959 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)."
8960 (interactive "P")
8961 (if (not (fboundp 'jka-compr-installed-p))
8962 (progn
8963 (require 'jka-compr)
8964 ;; That turned the mode on, so make it initially off.
8965 (toggle-auto-compression)))
8966 (toggle-auto-compression arg t))
8967
8968 ;;;***
8969 \f
8970 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
8971 ;;;;;; (13866 35434))
8972 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
8973
8974 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
8975 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
8976 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
8977
8978 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
8979 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
8980 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
8981 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
8982 shorter.
8983
8984 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
8985 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
8986 the context of text formatting." nil nil)
8987
8988 ;;;***
8989 \f
8990 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (14636
8991 ;;;;;; 62730))
8992 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
8993
8994 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
8995 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
8996 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
8997 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
8998 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
8999 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
9000 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
9001
9002 ;;;***
9003 \f
9004 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
9005 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (14623 45991))
9006 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
9007
9008 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
9009 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
9010 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
9011
9012 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
9013
9014 ;;;***
9015 \f
9016 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
9017 ;;;;;; (14256 23599))
9018 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
9019
9020 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
9021
9022 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
9023 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
9024
9025 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
9026
9027 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
9028 Start or resume an Lm game.
9029 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
9030 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
9031
9032 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
9033 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9034 none / 1 | yes | no
9035 2 | yes | yes
9036 3 | no | yes
9037 4 | no | no
9038
9039 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
9040 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
9041 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
9042
9043 ;;;***
9044 \f
9045 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
9046 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
9047 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (14647 32047))
9048 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
9049
9050 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
9051
9052 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
9053 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
9054 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
9055 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
9056 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
9057 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
9058
9059 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
9060 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil)
9061
9062 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
9063 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil)
9064
9065 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
9066 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
9067 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
9068 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
9069 to compose.
9070
9071 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
9072
9073 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" nil t nil)
9074
9075 ;;;***
9076 \f
9077 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
9078 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (14477 53252))
9079 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
9080
9081 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
9082 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
9083 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
9084 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
9085
9086 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
9087
9088 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
9089
9090 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
9091 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
9092 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
9093 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
9094 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
9095 for large buffers.
9096
9097 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
9098 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
9099 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
9100 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
9101 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
9102
9103 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
9104 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
9105 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
9106 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
9107 slow to keep up with your typing.
9108
9109 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
9110 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
9111 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
9112 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
9113 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
9114 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
9115
9116 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
9117 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
9118 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
9119 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
9120
9121 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
9122 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
9123 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
9124 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
9125
9126 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
9127 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
9128 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
9129 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
9130 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
9131
9132 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
9133 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
9134
9135 ;;;***
9136 \f
9137 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
9138 ;;;;;; (14280 10549))
9139 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
9140
9141 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
9142 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
9143
9144 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
9145 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
9146
9147 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
9148 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
9149
9150 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
9151 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
9152 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
9153 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
9154 for later transmission to Lisp job.
9155 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
9156 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
9157 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
9158 and transmit saved text.
9159 \\{ledit-mode-map}
9160 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
9161 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
9162
9163 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
9164
9165 ;;;***
9166 \f
9167 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (13578 3356))
9168 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
9169
9170 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
9171 Run Conway's Life simulation.
9172 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
9173 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
9174 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
9175
9176 ;;;***
9177 \f
9178 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (14647
9179 ;;;;;; 32003))
9180 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
9181
9182 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
9183 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
9184 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
9185 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
9186
9187 ;;;***
9188 \f
9189 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
9190 ;;;;;; (14636 62704))
9191 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
9192
9193 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
9194 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
9195 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil)
9196
9197 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
9198 Run the locate command with a filter.
9199
9200 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
9201 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil)
9202
9203 ;;;***
9204 \f
9205 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (14651 36595))
9206 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
9207
9208 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
9209 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
9210 The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
9211 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
9212 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
9213 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
9214 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
9215 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit." nil nil)
9216
9217 ;;;***
9218 \f
9219 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (14631
9220 ;;;;;; 42770))
9221 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
9222
9223 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
9224 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil)
9225
9226 ;;;***
9227 \f
9228 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
9229 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (14563
9230 ;;;;;; 22518))
9231 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
9232
9233 (defvar printer-name (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "PRN") "\
9234 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
9235 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
9236
9237 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
9238 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
9239
9240 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
9241 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
9242 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
9243 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
9244 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
9245 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
9246 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
9247
9248 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
9249 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
9250 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
9251 switch on this list.
9252 See `lpr-command'.")
9253
9254 (defvar lpr-command (cond ((memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "") ((memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))) "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
9255 *Name of program for printing a file.
9256
9257 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
9258 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
9259 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
9260 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
9261 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
9262 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
9263 argument.")
9264
9265 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
9266 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
9267 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9268 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
9269
9270 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
9271 Paginate and print buffer contents.
9272
9273 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
9274 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
9275 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
9276 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
9277
9278 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
9279 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
9280
9281 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9282 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
9283
9284 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
9285 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
9286 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9287 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
9288
9289 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
9290 Paginate and print the region contents.
9291
9292 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
9293 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
9294 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
9295 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
9296
9297 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
9298 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
9299
9300 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9301 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
9302
9303 ;;;***
9304 \f
9305 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (14425 19316))
9306 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
9307
9308 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
9309 *Non-nil means file patterns are treated as shell wildcards.
9310 nil means they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).
9311 This variable is checked by \\[insert-directory] only when `ls-lisp.el'
9312 package is used.")
9313
9314 ;;;***
9315 \f
9316 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (13462
9317 ;;;;;; 53924))
9318 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
9319
9320 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
9321 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
9322 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
9323
9324 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
9325
9326 ;;;***
9327 \f
9328 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (13962
9329 ;;;;;; 30919))
9330 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
9331
9332 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
9333 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
9334 \\{m4-mode-map}
9335 " t nil)
9336
9337 ;;;***
9338 \f
9339 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
9340 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (13229 28845))
9341 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
9342
9343 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
9344 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
9345 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
9346 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
9347 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil)
9348
9349 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
9350 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
9351 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
9352 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
9353
9354 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
9355 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
9356 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
9357 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
9358 bindings.
9359
9360 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
9361 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
9362
9363 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
9364 Query user during kbd macro execution.
9365 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
9366 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
9367 each time the macro executes.
9368 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
9369 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
9370 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
9371 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
9372 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
9373 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
9374 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
9375
9376 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
9377 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
9378 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
9379
9380 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
9381 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
9382 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
9383 execute.
9384
9385 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
9386 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
9387
9388 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
9389 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
9390 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
9391 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
9392 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
9393
9394 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
9395 looked like this:
9396
9397 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
9398 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
9399 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
9400
9401 You could enter the names in this format:
9402
9403 foo
9404 bar
9405 baz
9406
9407 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
9408
9409 \\C-x (
9410 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
9411 \\C-x )
9412
9413 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
9414 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
9415 " t nil)
9416 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
9417
9418 ;;;***
9419 \f
9420 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
9421 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (14281 39314))
9422 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
9423
9424 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
9425 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
9426 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
9427 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
9428
9429 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
9430 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
9431 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
9432 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
9433 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
9434
9435 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
9436 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
9437 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
9438 consing a string.)" nil nil)
9439
9440 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
9441 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
9442
9443 ;;;***
9444 \f
9445 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
9446 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
9447 ;;;;;; (14075 51598))
9448 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
9449
9450 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
9451 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
9452
9453 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
9454
9455 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
9456 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
9457
9458 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
9459 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
9460 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
9461 message.
9462
9463 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
9464
9465 ;;;***
9466 \f
9467 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
9468 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
9469 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (14501
9470 ;;;;;; 36191))
9471 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
9472
9473 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
9474 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
9475 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
9476 often correct parser.")
9477
9478 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
9479
9480 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
9481 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
9482 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
9483 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
9484
9485 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
9486 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
9487 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
9488 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
9489
9490 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
9491 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
9492 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
9493 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil)
9494
9495 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
9496 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
9497 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
9498 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
9499 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
9500 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
9501
9502 ;;;***
9503 \f
9504 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
9505 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (14608 9472))
9506 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
9507
9508 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
9509 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
9510
9511 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
9512 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
9513 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
9514
9515 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
9516 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
9517 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
9518
9519 ;;;***
9520 \f
9521 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
9522 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (13996
9523 ;;;;;; 15646))
9524 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
9525
9526 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
9527 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
9528 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
9529 king@grassland.com
9530 If `parens', they look like:
9531 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
9532 If `angles', they look like:
9533 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
9534
9535 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
9536 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
9537 If interactive, expand in header fields.
9538 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
9539 their `Resent-' variants.
9540
9541 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
9542 removed from alias expansions." t nil)
9543
9544 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
9545 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
9546 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
9547
9548 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
9549 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
9550 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
9551 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
9552
9553 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
9554 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
9555 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
9556 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
9557
9558 ;;;***
9559 \f
9560 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
9561 ;;;;;; (14608 7464))
9562 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
9563
9564 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
9565 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
9566 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
9567
9568 \\{makefile-mode-map}
9569
9570 In the browser, use the following keys:
9571
9572 \\{makefile-browser-map}
9573
9574 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
9575
9576 makefile-browser-buffer-name:
9577 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
9578
9579 makefile-target-colon:
9580 The string that gets appended to all target names
9581 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
9582 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
9583
9584 makefile-macro-assign:
9585 The string that gets appended to all macro names
9586 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
9587 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
9588 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
9589 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
9590 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
9591
9592 makefile-tab-after-target-colon:
9593 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
9594 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
9595
9596 makefile-browser-leftmost-column:
9597 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
9598
9599 makefile-browser-cursor-column:
9600 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
9601 up or down in the browser.
9602
9603 makefile-browser-selected-mark:
9604 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
9605
9606 makefile-browser-unselected-mark:
9607 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
9608
9609 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p:
9610 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
9611 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
9612 has been selected in the browser.
9613
9614 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p:
9615 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
9616 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
9617 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
9618 filenames are omitted.
9619
9620 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p:
9621 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
9622 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
9623 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
9624 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
9625 the backslash itself intact.
9626 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
9627 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
9628
9629 makefile-browser-hook:
9630 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
9631 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
9632
9633 makefile-special-targets-list:
9634 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
9635 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
9636 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
9637
9638 ;;;***
9639 \f
9640 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
9641 ;;;;;; 28917))
9642 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
9643
9644 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
9645 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
9646 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
9647
9648 ;;;***
9649 \f
9650 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (14583 33482))
9651 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
9652
9653 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
9654
9655 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
9656 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
9657 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
9658 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
9659 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
9660 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
9661 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately." t nil)
9662
9663 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
9664 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
9665
9666 ;;;***
9667 \f
9668 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
9669 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
9670 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover
9671 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
9672 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
9673 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
9674 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
9675 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
9676 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (14030 49419))
9677 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
9678
9679 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
9680 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
9681
9682 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
9683 king@grassland.com
9684 If `parens', they look like:
9685 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
9686 If `angles', they look like:
9687 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
9688
9689 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
9690 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
9691
9692 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
9693 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
9694
9695 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
9696 *Local news organization file.")
9697
9698 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
9699 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
9700 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
9701 variable `mail-header-separator'.
9702
9703 Legal values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
9704 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail' and
9705 `smtpmail-send-it'.")
9706
9707 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
9708 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
9709
9710 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
9711 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
9712 nil means use indentation.")
9713
9714 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
9715 *Function for citing an original message.
9716 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
9717 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
9718 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
9719
9720 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
9721 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
9722 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
9723 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
9724 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
9725
9726 (defvar message-signature t "\
9727 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
9728 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
9729 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
9730 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
9731
9732 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
9733 *File containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.")
9734
9735 (condition-case nil (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook)) (error nil))
9736
9737 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
9738 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
9739 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
9740 C-c C-s message-send (send the message) C-c C-c message-send-and-exit
9741 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
9742 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
9743 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
9744 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
9745 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
9746 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
9747 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
9748 C-c C-t message-insert-to (add a To header to a news followup)
9749 C-c C-n message-insert-newsgroups (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
9750 C-c C-b message-goto-body (move to beginning of message text).
9751 C-c C-i message-goto-signature (move to the beginning of the signature).
9752 C-c C-w message-insert-signature (insert `message-signature-file' file).
9753 C-c C-y message-yank-original (insert current message, if any).
9754 C-c C-q message-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
9755 C-c C-e message-elide-region (elide the text between point and mark).
9756 C-c C-z message-kill-to-signature (kill the text up to the signature).
9757 C-c C-r message-caesar-buffer-body (rot13 the message body)." t nil)
9758
9759 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
9760 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
9761 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
9762
9763 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
9764 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
9765
9766 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
9767 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
9768
9769 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
9770 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
9771
9772 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
9773 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
9774 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
9775
9776 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
9777 Cancel an article you posted." t nil)
9778
9779 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
9780 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
9781 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
9782 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
9783
9784 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
9785 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
9786
9787 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
9788 Forward the current message via mail.
9789 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail." t nil)
9790
9791 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
9792 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
9793
9794 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
9795 Re-mail the current message.
9796 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message than
9797 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
9798 you." t nil)
9799
9800 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
9801 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
9802
9803 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
9804 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
9805
9806 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
9807 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
9808
9809 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
9810 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
9811
9812 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
9813 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
9814 Works by overstriking characters.
9815 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
9816 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
9817
9818 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
9819 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
9820 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
9821 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
9822
9823 ;;;***
9824 \f
9825 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
9826 ;;;;;; (13549 39401))
9827 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
9828
9829 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
9830 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
9831 Special commands:
9832 \\{meta-mode-map}
9833
9834 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
9835 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
9836
9837 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
9838 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
9839 Special commands:
9840 \\{meta-mode-map}
9841
9842 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
9843 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
9844
9845 ;;;***
9846 \f
9847 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
9848 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
9849 ;;;;;; (14345 52966))
9850 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
9851
9852 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
9853 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
9854 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
9855
9856 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
9857 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
9858 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
9859 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
9860 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
9861 redisplayed as output is inserted.
9862 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
9863
9864 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
9865 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
9866 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
9867 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
9868 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
9869 means current).
9870 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
9871 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
9872
9873 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
9874 Process current region through 'metamail'.
9875 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
9876 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
9877 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
9878 means current).
9879 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
9880 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
9881
9882 ;;;***
9883 \f
9884 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
9885 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (14651 36905))
9886 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
9887
9888 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
9889 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
9890 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
9891 to the MH mail system.
9892
9893 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
9894
9895 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
9896 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
9897 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
9898 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
9899 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
9900 that want to create a mail buffer.
9901 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
9902
9903 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
9904 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
9905 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
9906 to the MH mail system.
9907
9908 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
9909
9910 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
9911 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
9912 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
9913 using the MH mail handling system.
9914 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
9915 messages.
9916
9917 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
9918
9919 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
9920
9921 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
9922 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
9923 the yanked message.
9924
9925 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
9926 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
9927 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
9928 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
9929 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
9930
9931 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
9932 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
9933 inserted in a draft letter.
9934
9935 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
9936 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
9937
9938 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
9939
9940 ;;;***
9941 \f
9942 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (14635
9943 ;;;;;; 2497))
9944 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
9945
9946 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
9947 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
9948 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
9949 to the MH mail system." t nil)
9950
9951 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
9952 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
9953
9954 ;;;***
9955 \f
9956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (13833 28022))
9957 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
9958
9959 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
9960 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
9961
9962 ;;;***
9963 \f
9964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (14457 61243))
9965 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
9966
9967 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
9968
9969 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
9970
9971 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
9972
9973 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
9974
9975 ;;;***
9976 \f
9977 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
9978 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (14035 10445))
9979 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
9980
9981 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
9982 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
9983 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
9984 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
9985 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
9986 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
9987 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
9988 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
9989 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
9990 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
9991 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil)
9992
9993 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
9994 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
9995 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
9996 to its second argument TM." nil nil)
9997
9998 ;;;***
9999 \f
10000 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulation/mlconvert.el"
10001 ;;;;;; (12536 45574))
10002 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/mlconvert.el
10003
10004 (autoload (quote convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "\
10005 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil)
10006
10007 ;;;***
10008 \f
10009 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
10010 ;;;;;; (13552 32940))
10011 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
10012
10013 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
10014 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
10015 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
10016 followed by the first character of the construct.
10017 \\<m2-mode-map>
10018 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
10019 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
10020 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
10021 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
10022 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
10023 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
10024 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
10025 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
10026 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
10027 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
10028 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
10029 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
10030 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
10031 \\[m2-link] link
10032
10033 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
10034 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
10035 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
10036
10037 ;;;***
10038 \f
10039 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (14118
10040 ;;;;;; 2283))
10041 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
10042
10043 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
10044 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
10045 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
10046 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
10047
10048 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
10049
10050 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
10051
10052 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
10053
10054 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
10055 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
10056 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
10057 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
10058 Triple-clicking selects lines.
10059 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
10060
10061 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
10062 the kill-ring. Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection
10063 directly, mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function
10064 and interprogram-paste-function to nil.
10065
10066 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
10067 the mouse position (or point, if mouse-yank-at-point is non-nil).
10068
10069 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
10070 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
10071
10072 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
10073
10074 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
10075 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
10076 primary selection and region." t nil)
10077
10078 ;;;***
10079 \f
10080 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (14184 34750))
10081 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
10082
10083 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
10084 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
10085
10086 ;;;***
10087 \f
10088 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (14627 62302))
10089 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
10090
10091 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
10092 Toggle msb-mode.
10093 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10094 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
10095
10096 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10097
10098 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
10099
10100 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
10101 Toggle Msb mode.
10102 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10103 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
10104 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
10105
10106 ;;;***
10107 \f
10108 ;;;### (autoloads (dump-codings dump-charsets mule-diag list-input-methods
10109 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories
10110 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
10111 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-char-after list-charset-chars
10112 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
10113 ;;;;;; (14652 49271))
10114 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
10115
10116 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
10117 Display a list of all character sets.
10118
10119 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number
10120 for internal Emacs use.
10121
10122 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains a format of multibyte sequence
10123 of characters in the charset for buffer and string
10124 by one to four hexadecimal digits.
10125 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
10126 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
10127
10128 The D column contains a dimension of this character set.
10129 The CH column contains a number of characters in a block of this character set.
10130 The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022's <final-char> to use for
10131 designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
10132
10133 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
10134 but still shows the full information." t nil)
10135
10136 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
10137 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
10138 It reads an Emacs' character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
10139 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
10140 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
10141
10142 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
10143 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
10144 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
10145 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
10146 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil)
10147
10148 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
10149 Display a list of characters in the specified character set." t nil)
10150
10151 (autoload (quote describe-char-after) "mule-diag" "\
10152 Display information of in current buffer at position POS.
10153 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
10154 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
10155 which font is being used for displaying the character." t nil)
10156
10157 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
10158 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
10159
10160 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
10161 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
10162
10163 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
10164 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
10165 at the place of `..':
10166 `buffer-file-coding-system` (of the current buffer)
10167 eol-type of buffer-file-coding-system (of the current buffer)
10168 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
10169 eol-type of (keyboard-coding-system)
10170 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system.
10171 eol-type of (terminal-coding-system)
10172 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
10173 eol-type of process-coding-system for read (of the current buffer, if any)
10174 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
10175 eol-type of process-coding-system for write (of the current buffer, if any)
10176 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
10177 eol-type of default-buffer-file-coding-system
10178 `default-process-coding-system' for read
10179 eol-type of default-process-coding-system for read
10180 `default-process-coding-system' for write
10181 eol-type of default-process-coding-system" t nil)
10182
10183 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
10184 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
10185
10186 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
10187 Display a list of all coding systems.
10188 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
10189
10190 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
10191 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
10192
10193 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
10194 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil)
10195
10196 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
10197 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
10198
10199 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
10200 Display information of FONTSET.
10201 This shows which font is used for which character(s)." t nil)
10202
10203 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
10204 Display a list of all fontsets.
10205 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
10206 With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
10207 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
10208
10209 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
10210 Display information about all input methods." t nil)
10211
10212 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
10213 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
10214
10215 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
10216 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
10217 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
10218 system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
10219
10220 (autoload (quote dump-charsets) "mule-diag" "\
10221 Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'.
10222 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
10223
10224 (autoload (quote dump-codings) "mule-diag" "\
10225 Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'.
10226 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
10227
10228 ;;;***
10229 \f
10230 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
10231 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
10232 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
10233 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
10234 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
10235 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
10236 ;;;;;; (14647 32042))
10237 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
10238
10239 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
10240 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
10241 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
10242
10243 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
10244 Return a list of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote list)))
10245
10246 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
10247 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote vector)))
10248
10249 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
10250 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
10251
10252 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
10253 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
10254 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies
10255 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying
10256 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.
10257
10258 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character
10259 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN,
10260 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR.
10261 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result
10262 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR.
10263
10264 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
10265 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil)
10266
10267 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
10268
10269 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
10270 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
10271
10272 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
10273 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
10274 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
10275
10276 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
10277 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
10278 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
10279
10280 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
10281 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
10282 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
10283 is considered.
10284 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
10285 longer than KEYSEQ.
10286 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
10287
10288 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
10289 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
10290 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
10291 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
10292 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
10293 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
10294 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
10295 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
10296 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
10297 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
10298 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
10299
10300 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
10301 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
10302
10303 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
10304 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's post-read-conversion property." nil nil)
10305
10306 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
10307 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's pre-write-conversion property." nil nil)
10308
10309 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
10310 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-decode property." nil nil)
10311
10312 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
10313 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-encode property." nil nil)
10314
10315 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
10316 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
10317 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
10318 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
10319
10320 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
10321 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
10322 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
10323 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
10324
10325 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
10326 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
10327 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
10328 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
10329
10330 ;;;***
10331 \f
10332 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install) "mwheel" "mwheel.el" (14378 51930))
10333 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
10334
10335 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
10336 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil)
10337
10338 ;;;***
10339 \f
10340 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
10341 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
10342 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el"
10343 ;;;;;; (14644 7249))
10344 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
10345
10346 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
10347 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
10348
10349 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
10350 Ping HOST.
10351 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
10352 `ping-program-options'." t nil)
10353
10354 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
10355 Run ipconfig program." t nil)
10356
10357 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
10358
10359 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
10360 Run netstat program." t nil)
10361
10362 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
10363 Run the arp program." t nil)
10364
10365 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
10366 Run the route program." t nil)
10367
10368 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
10369 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
10370
10371 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
10372 Run nslookup program." t nil)
10373
10374 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
10375 Run dig program." t nil)
10376
10377 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
10378 Run ftp program." t nil)
10379
10380 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
10381 Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
10382
10383 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
10384 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
10385 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
10386 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
10387
10388 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
10389
10390 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
10391 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
10392
10393 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
10394 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
10395
10396 ;;;***
10397 \f
10398 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-region
10399 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
10400 ;;;;;; comment-multi-line comment-padding comment-style comment-column)
10401 ;;;;;; "newcomment" "newcomment.el" (14651 36595))
10402 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
10403
10404 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
10405
10406 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
10407
10408 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
10409
10410 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
10411
10412 (defgroup comment nil "Indenting and filling of comments." :prefix "comment-" :group (quote fill))
10413
10414 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
10415 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
10416 Setting this variable automatically makes it local to the current buffer.
10417 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
10418 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.")
10419
10420 (defvar comment-start nil "\
10421 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
10422
10423 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
10424 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
10425 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
10426 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
10427
10428 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
10429 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
10430
10431 (defvar comment-end "" "\
10432 *String to insert to end a new comment.
10433 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
10434
10435 (defvar comment-indent-function (lambda nil comment-column) "\
10436 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
10437 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
10438 the comment's starting delimiter.")
10439
10440 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
10441 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
10442 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
10443
10444 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
10445 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
10446 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
10447 of the corresponding number of spaces.
10448
10449 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
10450 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
10451
10452 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
10453 *Non-nil means \\[indent-new-comment-line] should continue same comment
10454 on new line, with no new terminator or starter.
10455 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
10456
10457 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
10458 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
10459 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continuation' markers if any." t nil)
10460
10461 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
10462 Set the comment column based on point.
10463 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
10464 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
10465 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
10466 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column." t nil)
10467
10468 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
10469 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
10470 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one." t nil)
10471
10472 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
10473 Uncomment each line in the BEG..END region.
10474 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
10475 comment markers." t nil)
10476
10477 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
10478 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
10479 With just \\[universal-prefix] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG..END.
10480 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
10481 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
10482 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
10483 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
10484 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
10485
10486 The strings used as comment starts are built from
10487 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'." t nil)
10488
10489 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
10490 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
10491 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
10492 `comment-region' (unless it only consists in comments, in which
10493 case it calls `uncomment-region').
10494 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
10495 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
10496 Else, call `comment-indent'." t nil)
10497
10498 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
10499 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
10500 This indents the body of the continued comment
10501 under the previous comment line.
10502
10503 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
10504 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
10505 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
10506
10507 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
10508 or comment indentation.
10509
10510 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
10511 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil." t nil)
10512
10513 ;;;***
10514 \f
10515 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14030
10516 ;;;;;; 49432))
10517 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
10518
10519 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
10520 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
10521 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
10522 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
10523 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
10524 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
10525
10526 ;;;***
10527 \f
10528 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
10529 ;;;;;; (14030 49439))
10530 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
10531
10532 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
10533 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups." t nil)
10534
10535 ;;;***
10536 \f
10537 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
10538 ;;;;;; (14030 49445))
10539 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
10540
10541 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
10542 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
10543 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
10544
10545 ;;;***
10546 \f
10547 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
10548 ;;;;;; (14030 49457))
10549 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
10550
10551 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
10552 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
10553
10554 ;;;***
10555 \f
10556 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
10557 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14293 3539))
10558 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
10559
10560 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
10561 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
10562
10563 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
10564 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
10565
10566 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
10567 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
10568
10569 ;;;***
10570 \f
10571 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
10572 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (13229 29111))
10573 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
10574
10575 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
10576 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
10577 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
10578
10579 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
10580
10581 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
10582 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
10583 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
10584 to future sessions." t nil)
10585
10586 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
10587 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
10588 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
10589 to future sessions." t nil)
10590
10591 ;;;***
10592 \f
10593 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
10594 ;;;;;; (13382 24740))
10595 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
10596
10597 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
10598 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
10599 \\{nroff-mode-map}
10600 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
10601 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
10602 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
10603
10604 ;;;***
10605 \f
10606 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
10607 ;;;;;; (13145 50478))
10608 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
10609
10610 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
10611 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
10612 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
10613 specified by `octave-help-files'.
10614 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
10615
10616 ;;;***
10617 \f
10618 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
10619 ;;;;;; (14302 32388))
10620 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
10621
10622 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
10623 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
10624 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
10625
10626 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
10627
10628 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
10629 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
10630
10631 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
10632 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
10633 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
10634
10635 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
10636
10637 ;;;***
10638 \f
10639 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
10640 ;;;;;; (14535 42068))
10641 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
10642
10643 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
10644 Major mode for editing Octave code.
10645
10646 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
10647 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
10648 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
10649 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
10650
10651 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
10652 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
10653 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
10654 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
10655 is why you need this mode!).
10656
10657 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
10658 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
10659 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
10660
10661 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
10662
10663 Keybindings
10664 ===========
10665
10666 \\{octave-mode-map}
10667
10668 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
10669 ==============================================
10670
10671 octave-auto-indent
10672 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
10673 Default is nil.
10674
10675 octave-auto-newline
10676 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
10677 Default is nil.
10678
10679 octave-blink-matching-block
10680 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
10681 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
10682
10683 octave-block-offset
10684 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
10685 Default is 2.
10686
10687 octave-continuation-offset
10688 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
10689 Default is 4.
10690
10691 octave-continuation-string
10692 String used for Octave continuation lines.
10693 Default is a backslash.
10694
10695 octave-mode-startup-message
10696 Nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
10697 Default is t.
10698
10699 octave-send-echo-input
10700 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
10701 command to the inferior Octave process.
10702
10703 octave-send-line-auto-forward
10704 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
10705 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
10706
10707 octave-send-echo-input
10708 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
10709
10710 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
10711
10712 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
10713 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
10714
10715 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
10716 (setq auto-mode-alist
10717 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
10718
10719 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
10720 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
10721
10722 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
10723 (lambda ()
10724 (abbrev-mode 1)
10725 (auto-fill-mode 1)
10726 (if (eq window-system 'x)
10727 (font-lock-mode 1))))
10728
10729 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
10730 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
10731 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
10732 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
10733
10734 ;;;***
10735 \f
10736 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
10737 ;;;;;; (14045 29847))
10738 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
10739
10740 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
10741 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation." t nil)
10742
10743 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
10744 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
10745 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
10746 in which there are commands to set the option values.
10747 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
10748
10749 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
10750
10751 ;;;***
10752 \f
10753 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
10754 ;;;;;; (14495 18064))
10755 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
10756
10757 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
10758 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
10759 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
10760 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
10761
10762 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
10763 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
10764 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
10765 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
10766
10767 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
10768 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
10769 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
10770 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
10771 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
10772 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
10773
10774 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
10775 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
10776
10777 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
10778 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
10779 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
10780 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
10781 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
10782 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
10783 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
10784 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
10785 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
10786 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
10787 The subheadings remain visible.
10788 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
10789
10790 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
10791 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
10792 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
10793
10794 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
10795 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
10796
10797 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
10798 Toggle Outline minor mode.
10799 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
10800 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
10801
10802 ;;;***
10803 \f
10804 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el"
10805 ;;;;;; (14316 49544))
10806 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
10807
10808 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
10809 *Toggle Show Paren mode.
10810 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
10811 after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
10812 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10813 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
10814
10815 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10816
10817 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
10818
10819 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
10820 Toggle Show Paren mode.
10821 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
10822 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
10823
10824 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
10825 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
10826
10827 ;;;***
10828 \f
10829 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (14627
10830 ;;;;;; 63384))
10831 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
10832
10833 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
10834 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
10835 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
10836
10837 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
10838 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
10839
10840 Other useful functions are:
10841
10842 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
10843 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
10844 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
10845 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
10846 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
10847 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
10848 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
10849 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
10850 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
10851
10852 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
10853
10854 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
10855 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
10856 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
10857 Indentation for case statements.
10858 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
10859 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
10860 mark after an end.
10861 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
10862 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
10863 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
10864 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
10865 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
10866 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
10867 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
10868 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
10869 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
10870 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
10871
10872 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
10873 pascal-separator-keywords.
10874
10875 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
10876 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
10877
10878 ;;;***
10879 \f
10880 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
10881 ;;;;;; (13229 29217))
10882 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
10883
10884 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
10885 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
10886 The keys affected are:
10887 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
10888 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
10889 M-Backspace does undo.
10890 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
10891 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
10892 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
10893
10894 ;;;***
10895 \f
10896 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
10897 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (13674 34216))
10898 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
10899
10900 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
10901 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
10902
10903 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
10904
10905 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
10906 which modify the status of the mark.
10907
10908 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
10909 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
10910
10911 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
10912 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
10913
10914 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
10915 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
10916 behind. To control wether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
10917 variable pc-select-meta-moves-sexps after loading pc-select.el but before
10918 turning pc-selection-mode on.
10919
10920 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
10921 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
10922
10923 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
10924 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
10925 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
10926
10927 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
10928 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
10929 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
10930
10931 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
10932 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
10933
10934 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
10935 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
10936 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
10937
10938 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
10939 the variable pc-select-selection-keys-only to t after loading pc-select.el
10940 but before calling pc-selection-mode):
10941
10942 F6 other-window
10943 DELETE delete-char
10944 C-DELETE kill-line
10945 M-DELETE kill-word
10946 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
10947 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
10948 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil)
10949
10950 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
10951 Toggle PC Selection mode.
10952 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
10953 and cursor movement commands.
10954 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
10955 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
10956
10957 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10958
10959 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
10960
10961 ;;;***
10962 \f
10963 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-status cvs-update cvs-examine
10964 ;;;;;; cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "pcvs.el" (14619 3307))
10965 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
10966
10967 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
10968 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
10969 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
10970 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
10971
10972 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use." t nil)
10973
10974 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
10975 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
10976 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
10977 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
10978 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
10979 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
10980 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
10981 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
10982
10983 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
10984 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
10985 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
10986 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
10987 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
10988 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer." t nil)
10989
10990 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
10991 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
10992 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
10993 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
10994 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
10995 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
10996 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
10997
10998 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
10999
11000 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
11001 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
11002 NIL means never do it.
11003 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
11004 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
11005 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
11006
11007 (progn (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.\nThe exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (cvs-examine (file-name-directory dir) t t))))))
11008
11009 ;;;***
11010 \f
11011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (14552 48685))
11012 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
11013
11014 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m))
11015
11016 ;;;***
11017 \f
11018 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
11019 ;;;;;; (14644 9538))
11020 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
11021
11022 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
11023 Major mode for editing Perl code.
11024 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
11025 Tab indents for Perl code.
11026 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
11027 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
11028 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
11029 \\{perl-mode-map}
11030 Variables controlling indentation style:
11031 perl-tab-always-indent
11032 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
11033 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
11034 perl-tab-to-comment
11035 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
11036 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
11037 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
11038 perl-nochange
11039 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
11040 perl-indent-level
11041 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
11042 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
11043 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
11044 perl-continued-statement-offset
11045 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
11046 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
11047 perl-continued-brace-offset
11048 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
11049 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
11050 perl-brace-offset
11051 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
11052 perl-brace-imaginary-offset
11053 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
11054 this far to the right of the start of its line.
11055 perl-label-offset
11056 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
11057
11058 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
11059 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
11060 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
11061 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
11062 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
11063 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
11064 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
11065
11066 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
11067
11068 ;;;***
11069 \f
11070 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
11071 ;;;;;; (14348 33291))
11072 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
11073
11074 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
11075 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
11076 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
11077 afterwards settable by these commands:
11078 C-c < Move left after insertion.
11079 C-c > Move right after insertion.
11080 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
11081 C-c . Move down after insertion.
11082 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
11083 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
11084 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
11085 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
11086 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
11087 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
11088 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
11089 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
11090 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
11091 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
11092 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
11093 with these commands:
11094 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
11095 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
11096 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
11097 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
11098 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
11099 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
11100 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
11101 Return Move to beginning of next line.
11102 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
11103 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
11104 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
11105 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
11106 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
11107 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
11108 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
11109 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
11110 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
11111 You can manipulate text with these commands:
11112 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
11113 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
11114 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
11115 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
11116 text is saved in the kill ring.
11117 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
11118 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
11119 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
11120 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
11121 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
11122 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
11123 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
11124 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
11125 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
11126 commands if invoked soon enough.
11127 You can return to the previous mode with:
11128 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
11129 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
11130
11131 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil.
11132
11133 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
11134 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
11135
11136 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
11137
11138 ;;;***
11139 \f
11140 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (14453 55473))
11141 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
11142
11143 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
11144 Play pong and waste time.
11145 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
11146 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
11147
11148 pong-mode keybindings:
11149 \\<pong-mode-map>
11150
11151 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil)
11152
11153 ;;;***
11154 \f
11155 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp"
11156 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (13819 15860))
11157 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
11158
11159 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
11160 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
11161 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
11162 can handle, whenever this is possible.
11163 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
11164
11165 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
11166 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
11167 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
11168 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
11169 in the variable `values'." t nil)
11170
11171 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
11172 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
11173 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
11174 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
11175
11176 ;;;***
11177 \f
11178 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
11179 ;;;;;; (13446 12665))
11180 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
11181
11182 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
11183 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
11184 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
11185 Commands:
11186 \\{prolog-mode-map}
11187 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
11188 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
11189
11190 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
11191 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
11192
11193 ;;;***
11194 \f
11195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (14353 44101))
11196 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
11197
11198 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (eq system-type (quote ms-dos)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
11199 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
11200 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
11201
11202 ;;;***
11203 \f
11204 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (14380
11205 ;;;;;; 3795))
11206 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
11207
11208 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
11209 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
11210
11211 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
11212
11213 The following variables hold user options, and can
11214 be set through the `customize' command:
11215
11216 ps-mode-auto-indent
11217 ps-mode-tab
11218 ps-mode-paper-size
11219 ps-mode-print-function
11220 ps-run-prompt
11221 ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2
11222 ps-run-x
11223 ps-run-dumb
11224 ps-run-init
11225 ps-run-error-line-numbers
11226 ps-run-tmp-dir
11227
11228 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
11229
11230
11231 \\{ps-mode-map}
11232
11233
11234 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
11235 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
11236 The keymap for this second window is:
11237
11238 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
11239
11240
11241 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
11242 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
11243 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
11244 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
11245 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
11246 " t nil)
11247
11248 ;;;***
11249 \f
11250 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-initialize
11251 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font
11252 ;;;;;; ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule"
11253 ;;;;;; "ps-mule.el" (14588 21278))
11254 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
11255
11256 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
11257 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
11258
11259 Valid values are:
11260
11261 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
11262 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
11263 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
11264 changed by setting the variable
11265 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
11266 The initial value of this variable is
11267 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
11268 documentation).
11269
11270 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
11271 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
11272 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
11273 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
11274 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
11275 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
11276 test it.
11277
11278 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
11279 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
11280 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
11281 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
11282 source file. BDF fonts are included in
11283 `intlfonts-1.1' which is a collection of X11 fonts
11284 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
11285 use this value, be sure to have installed
11286 `intlfonts-1.1' and set the variable
11287 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
11288 documentation of this variable).
11289
11290 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
11291 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
11292 characters. This is convenient when you want or
11293 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
11294 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
11295 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
11296
11297 Any other value is treated as nil.")
11298
11299 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
11300 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
11301 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
11302
11303 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
11304
11305 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
11306 Generate PostScript code for ploting characters in the region FROM and TO.
11307
11308 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
11309
11310 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
11311
11312 Returns the value:
11313
11314 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
11315
11316 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
11317 the sequence." nil nil)
11318
11319 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
11320 Generate PostScript code for ploting composition in the region FROM and TO.
11321
11322 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
11323 composition.
11324
11325 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
11326
11327 Returns the value:
11328
11329 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
11330
11331 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
11332 the sequence." nil nil)
11333
11334 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
11335 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
11336
11337 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
11338 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
11339 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
11340
11341 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
11342
11343 ;;;***
11344 \f
11345 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
11346 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
11347 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
11348 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
11349 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print"
11350 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (14654 17854))
11351 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
11352
11353 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
11354 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
11355 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
11356 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
11357
11358 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
11359 Customization of ps-print group." t nil)
11360
11361 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
11362 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
11363
11364 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
11365 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image
11366 in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
11367
11368 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
11369 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
11370 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
11371
11372 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
11373 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
11374 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
11375 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
11376 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
11377
11378 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
11379 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
11380 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
11381
11382 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
11383 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
11384 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline
11385 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
11386 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
11387
11388 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
11389 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
11390 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
11391 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
11392
11393 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
11394
11395 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
11396 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
11397 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
11398 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
11399 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
11400
11401 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
11402
11403 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
11404 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
11405 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
11406
11407 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
11408
11409 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
11410 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
11411 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline
11412 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
11413 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
11414
11415 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
11416
11417 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
11418 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
11419
11420 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
11421 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript
11422 image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
11423
11424 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
11425 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
11426 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
11427
11428 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
11429 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size,
11430 using the current ps-print setup.
11431 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
11432 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
11433
11434 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
11435 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
11436 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
11437
11438 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
11439 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
11440 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
11441
11442 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
11443 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
11444
11445 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
11446 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
11447
11448 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
11449 with face extension in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
11450
11451 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
11452
11453 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
11454
11455 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
11456 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
11457
11458 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
11459 with face extensions in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
11460
11461 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
11462
11463 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
11464
11465 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
11466
11467 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
11468 foreground and background colors respectively.
11469
11470 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
11471 bold - use bold font.
11472 italic - use italic font.
11473 underline - put a line under text.
11474 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
11475 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
11476 shadow - text will have a shadow.
11477 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
11478 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
11479
11480 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
11481
11482 ;;;***
11483 \f
11484 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
11485 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-map quail-define-rules quail-set-keyboard-layout
11486 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package) "quail" "international/quail.el"
11487 ;;;;;; (14644 61013))
11488 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
11489
11490 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
11491 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
11492 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package." nil nil)
11493
11494 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
11495 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
11496 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
11497 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
11498 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
11499 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
11500 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
11501
11502 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
11503 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
11504 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
11505 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
11506 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
11507 shown.
11508 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
11509
11510 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package.
11511
11512 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
11513 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
11514 command to be called.
11515
11516 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
11517 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
11518 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
11519 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
11520
11521 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
11522 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
11523 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
11524 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
11525 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
11526 to t.
11527
11528 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
11529 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
11530 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
11531 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
11532
11533 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
11534 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
11535 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
11536 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
11537
11538 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
11539 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
11540 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
11541 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
11542 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
11543 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
11544
11545 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
11546 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
11547 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
11548 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
11549 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
11550 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
11551
11552 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
11553 covers Quail translation region.
11554
11555 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
11556 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
11557 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
11558 for it) is inserted.
11559
11560 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
11561 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
11562 vs. corresponding command to be called.
11563
11564 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
11565 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
11566 non-Quail commands." nil nil)
11567
11568 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
11569 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
11570
11571 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
11572 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
11573 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
11574 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
11575 you type is correctly handled." t nil)
11576
11577 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
11578 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
11579 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
11580 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
11581 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
11582 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
11583 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
11584 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
11585 for the translation.
11586 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
11587
11588 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
11589 it is used to handle KEY." nil (quote macro))
11590
11591 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
11592 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
11593
11594 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
11595 which to install MAP.
11596
11597 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
11598
11599 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
11600 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
11601 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
11602 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
11603 a function, or a cons.
11604 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
11605 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
11606 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
11607 for the translation.
11608 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
11609 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
11610 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
11611 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
11612 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
11613
11614 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
11615 it is used to handle KEY.
11616
11617 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
11618 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
11619 current Quail package.
11620
11621 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
11622 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
11623
11624 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
11625 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP." nil nil)
11626
11627 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
11628 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
11629 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
11630 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
11631 of the Emacs source tree.
11632
11633 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
11634 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
11635
11636 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
11637 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
11638 of each directory." t nil)
11639
11640 ;;;***
11641 \f
11642 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
11643 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
11644 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (14554
11645 ;;;;;; 7245))
11646 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
11647
11648 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
11649 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
11650 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
11651 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
11652
11653 To make use of this do something like:
11654
11655 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
11656
11657 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
11658
11659 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current\nbuffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
11660
11661 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
11662 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
11663
11664 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
11665 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
11666
11667 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
11668 is decided." t nil)
11669
11670 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the\ncurrent buffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
11671
11672 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
11673 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
11674
11675 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
11676 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
11677
11678 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
11679 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
11680
11681 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
11682
11683 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil)
11684
11685 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
11686 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
11687
11688 ;;;***
11689 \f
11690 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (13149
11691 ;;;;;; 16808))
11692 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
11693
11694 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
11695 Compile the the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
11696 See \\[compile]." t nil)
11697
11698 ;;;***
11699 \f
11700 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
11701 ;;;;;; (14539 41135))
11702 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
11703
11704 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
11705 Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil)
11706
11707 ;;;***
11708 \f
11709 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-open-more-files recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list
11710 ;;;;;; recentf-save-list recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (14654
11711 ;;;;;; 24504))
11712 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
11713
11714 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
11715 Toggle recentf mode.
11716 With prefix ARG, turn recentf mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
11717 Returns the new status of recentf mode (non-nil means on).
11718
11719 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
11720 were operated on recently." t nil)
11721
11722 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
11723 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil)
11724
11725 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\
11726 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil)
11727
11728 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
11729 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil)
11730
11731 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\
11732 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil)
11733
11734 ;;;***
11735 \f
11736 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle replace-rectangle string-rectangle
11737 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
11738 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
11739 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (14537
11740 ;;;;;; 23030))
11741 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
11742
11743 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
11744 Move point to column COLUMN rigidly in the current line.
11745 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by
11746 spaces and tab.
11747
11748 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
11749 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil)
11750
11751 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
11752 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
11753 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
11754 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
11755 ends.
11756
11757 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11758 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
11759 to be deleted." t nil)
11760
11761 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
11762 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
11763 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
11764
11765 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11766 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
11767 deleted." nil nil)
11768
11769 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
11770 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
11771 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
11772
11773 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
11774 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
11775
11776 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11777 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
11778
11779 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
11780 deleted." t nil)
11781
11782 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
11783 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
11784
11785 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
11786 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
11787 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
11788 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
11789 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
11790 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
11791 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
11792
11793 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
11794 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
11795
11796 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
11797 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
11798
11799 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11800 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
11801 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil)
11802 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name
11803
11804 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
11805 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
11806 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
11807 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
11808 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
11809
11810 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11811 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil)
11812
11813 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
11814 Insert STRING on each line of the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
11815
11816 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11817 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
11818 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil)
11819
11820 (autoload (quote replace-rectangle) "rect" "\
11821 Like `string-rectangle', but replace the original region." t nil)
11822
11823 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
11824 Blank out the region-rectangle.
11825 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
11826
11827 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11828 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
11829 rectangle which were empty." t nil)
11830
11831 ;;;***
11832 \f
11833 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
11834 ;;;;;; (14495 18077))
11835 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
11836
11837 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
11838 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
11839
11840 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
11841 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
11842
11843 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
11844 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
11845
11846 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
11847 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
11848 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
11849 \\ref macro.
11850
11851 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
11852 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
11853 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
11854
11855 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
11856 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
11857 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
11858
11859 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
11860 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
11861
11862 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
11863 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
11864
11865 \\{reftex-mode-map}
11866 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
11867 on the menu bar.
11868
11869 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
11870
11871 ;;;***
11872 \f
11873 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
11874 ;;;;;; (14495 18066))
11875 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
11876
11877 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
11878 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
11879 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
11880 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
11881 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according
11882 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
11883
11884 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
11885
11886 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
11887
11888 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
11889 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
11890 called with point inside the braces of a `cite' command, it will
11891 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
11892
11893 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
11894 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
11895 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
11896 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
11897
11898 ;;;***
11899 \f
11900 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
11901 ;;;;;; (14495 18068))
11902 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
11903
11904 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
11905 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
11906 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
11907
11908 To insert new phrases, use
11909 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
11910 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
11911
11912 To index phrases use one of:
11913
11914 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
11915 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
11916 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
11917 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
11918 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
11919
11920 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
11921 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
11922
11923 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
11924
11925 Here are all local bindings.
11926
11927 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil)
11928
11929 ;;;***
11930 \f
11931 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
11932 ;;;;;; (14619 3367))
11933 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
11934
11935 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
11936 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
11937 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
11938 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
11939 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
11940 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
11941
11942 (let ((open-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
11943 (concat open-paren (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close-paren))" nil nil)
11944
11945 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
11946 Return the depth of REGEXP.
11947 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
11948 in REGEXP." nil nil)
11949
11950 ;;;***
11951 \f
11952 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (14081 4820))
11953 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
11954
11955 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
11956 Repeat most recently executed command.
11957 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
11958 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
11959 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
11960
11961 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
11962 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
11963 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
11964
11965 ;;;***
11966 \f
11967 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
11968 ;;;;;; (14638 40777))
11969 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
11970
11971 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
11972 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
11973
11974 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
11975 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
11976 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
11977 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
11978 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
11979 and point is left after the salutation.
11980
11981 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
11982 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
11983 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
11984 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
11985 left after that text.
11986
11987 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
11988 is non-nil.
11989
11990 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
11991 to initialize a a messagem, which the user can then edit and finally send
11992 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
11993 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil)
11994
11995 ;;;***
11996 \f
11997 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
11998 ;;;;;; (13229 29317))
11999 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
12000
12001 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
12002 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
12003 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
12004 visibility of comments that precede it.
12005 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
12006 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
12007 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
12008 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
12009 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
12010 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
12011 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
12012 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
12013 the comment lines.
12014 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
12015 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
12016 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
12017 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
12018 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
12019 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
12020
12021 ;;;***
12022 \f
12023 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679
12024 ;;;;;; 50658))
12025 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
12026
12027 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
12028 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
12029
12030 ;;;***
12031 \f
12032 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
12033 ;;;;;; (14634 20460))
12034 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
12035
12036 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
12037 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
12038
12039 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
12040 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
12041
12042 ;;;***
12043 \f
12044 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (14550 7959))
12045 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
12046 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12047
12048 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
12049 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
12050 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
12051 other arguments for `rlogin'.
12052
12053 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
12054
12055 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
12056 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
12057 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
12058 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
12059
12060 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
12061 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
12062
12063 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
12064 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
12065
12066 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
12067 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
12068 INPUT-ARGS.
12069
12070 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
12071 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
12072 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
12073 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
12074 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
12075
12076 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
12077 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
12078 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
12079 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
12080
12081 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
12082 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
12083 variable." t nil)
12084
12085 ;;;***
12086 \f
12087 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
12088 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
12089 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
12090 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
12091 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
12092 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
12093 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (14643 46447))
12094 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
12095
12096 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
12097 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
12098 A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address
12099 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
12100
12101 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
12102 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
12103 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
12104 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
12105 value is the user's name.)
12106 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
12107
12108 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:" "\
12109 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
12110 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
12111 which normally happens once for each message,
12112 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
12113 To make a change in this variable take effect
12114 for a message that you have already viewed,
12115 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
12116
12117 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
12118 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
12119 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
12120 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
12121
12122 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers nil "\
12123 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
12124
12125 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
12126 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
12127 A value of nil means don't highlight.
12128 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
12129
12130 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
12131 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
12132
12133 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
12134 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
12135
12136 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
12137 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
12138 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
12139 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
12140 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
12141
12142 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
12143 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
12144
12145 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
12146 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
12147
12148 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
12149 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
12150
12151 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote yes-or-no-p) "\
12152 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
12153
12154 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
12155 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
12156
12157 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
12158 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
12159
12160 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
12161 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
12162
12163 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
12164 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
12165
12166 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
12167 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
12168 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
12169 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
12170
12171 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
12172 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
12173
12174 This is set to nil by default.")
12175
12176 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
12177 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
12178 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
12179 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
12180 until a user explicitly requires it.")
12181
12182 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
12183 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.")
12184
12185 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
12186 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
12187 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
12188 this feature is required with `require'.")
12189
12190 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
12191 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
12192 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
12193 the message is decoded as normal way.
12194
12195 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
12196 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
12197 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
12198
12199 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
12200 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
12201 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
12202
12203 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
12204 Read and edit incoming mail.
12205 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
12206 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
12207 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
12208
12209 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
12210 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
12211 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
12212 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
12213
12214 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
12215
12216 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
12217 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
12218 All normal editing commands are turned off.
12219 Instead, these commands are available:
12220
12221 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
12222 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
12223 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
12224 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
12225 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
12226 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
12227 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
12228 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
12229 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
12230 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
12231 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
12232 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
12233 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
12234 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
12235 till a deleted message is found.
12236 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
12237 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
12238 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
12239 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
12240 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
12241 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
12242 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
12243 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
12244 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
12245 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
12246 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
12247 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
12248 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
12249 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
12250 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
12251 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
12252 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
12253 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
12254 (label defaults to last one specified).
12255 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
12256 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
12257 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
12258 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
12259 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
12260 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
12261 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
12262 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
12263 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
12264
12265 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
12266 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
12267
12268 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
12269 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
12270
12271 ;;;***
12272 \f
12273 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
12274 ;;;;;; (14387 64145))
12275 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
12276
12277 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
12278 Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
12279
12280 ;;;***
12281 \f
12282 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
12283 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
12284 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (12875 8164))
12285 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
12286
12287 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
12288 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
12289 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
12290
12291 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
12292 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
12293 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
12294
12295 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
12296
12297 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
12298 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
12299 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
12300 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
12301 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
12302
12303 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
12304 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
12305 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
12306 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
12307 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
12308
12309 ;;;***
12310 \f
12311 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
12312 ;;;;;; (13772 51133))
12313 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
12314
12315 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
12316 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
12317 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
12318 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
12319
12320 ;;;***
12321 \f
12322 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
12323 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
12324 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (14636 62741))
12325 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
12326
12327 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
12328 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
12329 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
12330 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
12331 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
12332 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
12333 a file name as a string.")
12334
12335 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
12336 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
12337 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
12338 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
12339 buffer visiting that file.
12340 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
12341 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
12342
12343 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
12344 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
12345
12346 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
12347 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
12348
12349 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
12350 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message." t nil)
12351
12352 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
12353 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
12354
12355 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
12356 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
12357 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
12358 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
12359 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
12360
12361 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
12362 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
12363 will be appended with their original headers.
12364
12365 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
12366 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
12367
12368 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
12369 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
12370
12371 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
12372
12373 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
12374 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
12375 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
12376
12377 ;;;***
12378 \f
12379 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-keywords rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
12380 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
12381 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (13054
12382 ;;;;;; 26387))
12383 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
12384
12385 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
12386 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
12387 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12388
12389 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
12390 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
12391 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12392
12393 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
12394 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
12395 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12396
12397 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
12398 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
12399 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12400
12401 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
12402 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
12403 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12404
12405 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
12406 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
12407 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12408
12409 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-keywords) "rmailsort" "\
12410 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
12411 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
12412 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
12413
12414 ;;;***
12415 \f
12416 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
12417 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
12418 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
12419 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
12420 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (14637 38354))
12421 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
12422
12423 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
12424 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
12425
12426 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
12427 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
12428
12429 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
12430 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
12431
12432 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
12433 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
12434 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
12435
12436 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
12437 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
12438 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
12439 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
12440 only look in the To and From fields.
12441 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
12442
12443 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
12444 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
12445 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
12446 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
12447 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
12448
12449 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
12450 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
12451 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
12452 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
12453 look in the whole message.
12454 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
12455
12456 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
12457 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
12458 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
12459
12460 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
12461 *Function to decode summary-line.
12462
12463 By default, `identity' is set.")
12464
12465 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
12466 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
12467 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
12468 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
12469 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
12470 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
12471 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
12472
12473 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
12474 sent by you under different user names.
12475 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail adresses.
12476
12477 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
12478
12479 ;;;***
12480 \f
12481 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "mail/rnewspost.el"
12482 ;;;;;; (14263 36299))
12483 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rnewspost.el
12484
12485 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
12486 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
12487 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
12488 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
12489
12490 ;;;***
12491 \f
12492 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13"
12493 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (12536 45574))
12494 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
12495
12496 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
12497 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
12498 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window." t nil)
12499
12500 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
12501 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
12502
12503 ;;;***
12504 \f
12505 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
12506 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
12507 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
12508 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "rsz-mini.el" (14301 25409))
12509 ;;; Generated autoloads from rsz-mini.el
12510
12511 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
12512 *This variable is obsolete.")
12513
12514 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12515
12516 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
12517
12518 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
12519 *This variable is obsolete.")
12520
12521 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
12522 *This variable is obsolete.")
12523
12524 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
12525 *This variable is obsolete.")
12526
12527 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
12528 *This variable is obsolete.")
12529
12530 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
12531 *This variable is obsolete.")
12532
12533 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
12534 This function is obsolete." t nil)
12535
12536 ;;;***
12537 \f
12538 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
12539 ;;;;;; (14432 37919))
12540 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
12541
12542 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
12543 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
12544 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
12545
12546 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
12547 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
12548 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
12549 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
12550 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\". For more information
12551 see the documentation for xscheme-interaction-mode.
12552
12553 Commands:
12554 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12555 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
12556 \\{scheme-mode-map}
12557 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
12558 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
12559
12560 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
12561 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
12562 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
12563
12564 Commands:
12565 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12566 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
12567 \\{scheme-mode-map}
12568 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
12569 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
12570 that variable's value is a string." t nil)
12571
12572 ;;;***
12573 \f
12574 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
12575 ;;;;;; (14030 49477))
12576 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
12577
12578 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
12579 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
12580 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
12581
12582 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
12583
12584 ;;;***
12585 \f
12586 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (14381
12587 ;;;;;; 55098))
12588 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
12589
12590 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
12591 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
12592 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
12593 \\{scribe-mode-map}
12594
12595 Interesting variables:
12596
12597 scribe-fancy-paragraphs
12598 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
12599
12600 scribe-electric-quote
12601 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
12602
12603 scribe-electric-parenthesis
12604 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
12605 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
12606
12607 ;;;***
12608 \f
12609 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
12610 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to
12611 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator mail-yank-ignored-headers
12612 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
12613 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (14603 14745))
12614 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
12615
12616 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
12617 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
12618
12619 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
12620 king@grassland.com
12621 If `parens', they look like:
12622 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
12623 If `angles', they look like:
12624 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
12625 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
12626 derived from the envelope-from address.
12627
12628 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
12629 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
12630 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
12631 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
12632
12633 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from t "\
12634 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
12635 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in `user-mail-address'.
12636
12637 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
12638 is a privileged operation.")
12639
12640 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
12641 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
12642 This is done when the message is initialized,
12643 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
12644
12645 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
12646 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
12647 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
12648
12649 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
12650 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
12651
12652 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
12653 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
12654 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
12655 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line.")
12656
12657 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
12658 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
12659
12660 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
12661 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
12662 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
12663
12664 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
12665 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
12666 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
12667 when you first send mail.")
12668
12669 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
12670 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
12671 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
12672 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
12673 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
12674
12675 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
12676 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
12677 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
12678 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
12679 This file need not actually exist.")
12680
12681 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
12682 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
12683 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
12684 If a string, that string is inserted.
12685 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
12686 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
12687 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
12688 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
12689
12690 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
12691 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
12692 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
12693 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
12694 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
12695 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
12696 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
12697 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC:
12698 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
12699 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
12700 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
12701 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
12702 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC)." t nil)
12703
12704 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
12705 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
12706 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
12707 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
12708 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
12709 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
12710
12711 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
12712 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
12713 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
12714
12715 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
12716 User should not set this variable manually,
12717 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
12718 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
12719 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
12720 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
12721
12722 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
12723 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
12724 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
12725 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
12726
12727 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
12728 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
12729
12730 \\<mail-mode-map>
12731 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
12732
12733 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
12734 to move to message header fields:
12735 \\{mail-mode-map}
12736
12737 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
12738 when the message is initialized.
12739
12740 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
12741 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
12742
12743 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
12744 is inserted.
12745
12746 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
12747 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
12748
12749 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
12750 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
12751
12752 The second through fifth arguments,
12753 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
12754 the initial contents of those header fields.
12755 These arguments should not have final newlines.
12756 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
12757 original message being replied to, or else an action
12758 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
12759 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
12760 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
12761 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
12762 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
12763 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
12764
12765 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
12766 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
12767
12768 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
12769 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
12770
12771 ;;;***
12772 \f
12773 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (14263 33343))
12774 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
12775
12776 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
12777 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
12778 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
12779 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
12780 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
12781 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
12782
12783 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
12784
12785 ;;;***
12786 \f
12787 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
12788 ;;;;;; (14501 37288))
12789 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
12790
12791 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
12792 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
12793 Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /.
12794 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on
12795 `sgml-quick-keys'.
12796
12797 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
12798 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
12799 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
12800
12801 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
12802 your `.emacs' file.
12803
12804 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
12805
12806 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
12807 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
12808 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
12809
12810 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
12811 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
12812 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
12813 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
12814 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
12815 which this is based.
12816
12817 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
12818
12819 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
12820 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
12821 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
12822 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
12823
12824 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
12825 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
12826 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
12827
12828 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
12829 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
12830 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
12831 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
12832
12833 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
12834 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
12835 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
12836 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
12837
12838 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
12839
12840 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
12841 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
12842 To work around that, do:
12843 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
12844
12845 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
12846
12847 ;;;***
12848 \f
12849 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
12850 ;;;;;; (14651 36906))
12851 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
12852
12853 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
12854
12855 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
12856 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
12857 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
12858 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
12859 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
12860 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
12861
12862 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
12863 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
12864 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
12865 shell-specific features.
12866
12867 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
12868 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
12869 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
12870
12871 \\[sh-case] case statement
12872 \\[sh-for] for loop
12873 \\[sh-function] function definition
12874 \\[sh-if] if statement
12875 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
12876 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
12877 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
12878 \\[sh-select] select loop
12879 \\[sh-until] until loop
12880 \\[sh-while] while loop
12881
12882 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
12883 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
12884 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
12885 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
12886 would indent to the way it currently is.
12887 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
12888 buffer indents as it currently is indendeted.
12889
12890
12891 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
12892 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
12893 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
12894 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
12895 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
12896 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
12897
12898 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
12899 {, (, [, ', \", `
12900 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
12901
12902 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
12903 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
12904 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
12905
12906 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
12907 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
12908
12909 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
12910
12911 ;;;***
12912 \f
12913 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
12914 ;;;;;; (13667 35245))
12915 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
12916
12917 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
12918 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
12919
12920 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
12921 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
12922 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
12923 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
12924 the earlier.
12925
12926 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
12927
12928 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
12929
12930 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
12931 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
12932 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
12933
12934 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
12935 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
12936
12937 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
12938 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
12939 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
12940 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
12941 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
12942 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
12943 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
12944 emacs version).
12945
12946 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
12947 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
12948 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
12949 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
12950 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
12951
12952 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
12953 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
12954 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
12955
12956 ;;;***
12957 \f
12958 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-prompt-pattern) "shell" "shell.el"
12959 ;;;;;; (14263 35978))
12960 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
12961
12962 (defvar shell-prompt-pattern "^[^#$%>\n]*[#$%>] *" "\
12963 Regexp to match prompts in the inferior shell.
12964 Defaults to \"^[^#$%>\\n]*[#$%>] *\", which works pretty well.
12965 This variable is used to initialise `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
12966 shell buffer.
12967
12968 The pattern should probably not match more than one line. If it does,
12969 Shell mode may become confused trying to distinguish prompt from input
12970 on lines which don't start with a prompt.
12971
12972 This is a fine thing to set in your `.emacs' file.")
12973
12974 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
12975 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through buffer *shell*.
12976 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
12977 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to buffer `*shell*'.
12978 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
12979 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
12980 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
12981 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
12982 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
12983 discards input when it starts up.)
12984 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
12985 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
12986 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
12987
12988 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
12989 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
12990 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
12991 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
12992 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
12993 `default-process-coding-system'.
12994
12995 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
12996 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
12997 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
12998 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
12999
13000 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
13001 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
13002
13003 ;;;***
13004 \f
13005 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (14256
13006 ;;;;;; 23740))
13007 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
13008
13009 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
13010 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
13011 \\{simula-mode-map}
13012 Variables controlling indentation style:
13013 simula-tab-always-indent
13014 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
13015 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13016 simula-indent-level
13017 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
13018 simula-substatement-offset
13019 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
13020 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
13021 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
13022 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
13023 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
13024 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
13025 simula-label-offset -4711
13026 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
13027 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
13028 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
13029 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
13030 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
13031 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
13032 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
13033 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
13034 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
13035 simula-electric-indent nil
13036 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
13037 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
13038 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
13039 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
13040 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
13041 or nil if they should not be changed.
13042 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
13043 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
13044 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
13045 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
13046
13047 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
13048 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
13049
13050 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
13051 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
13052 at all." t nil)
13053
13054 ;;;***
13055 \f
13056 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
13057 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
13058 ;;;;;; (13940 33497))
13059 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
13060
13061 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
13062 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
13063
13064 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
13065 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
13066 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
13067 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
13068 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
13069
13070 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
13071 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
13072 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
13073 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
13074 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
13075 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
13076 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
13077
13078 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
13079 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
13080 ignored." t nil)
13081
13082 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
13083 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
13084 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
13085 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
13086 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
13087 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
13088 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
13089
13090 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
13091 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
13092 ignored." t nil)
13093
13094 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
13095 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
13096
13097 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
13098 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
13099 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
13100 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
13101
13102 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
13103 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
13104 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
13105 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
13106
13107 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
13108 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
13109 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
13110
13111 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
13112 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
13113
13114 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
13115 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
13116
13117 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
13118 _ interesting point, interregion here, point after termination
13119 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
13120 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
13121 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
13122 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
13123 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
13124 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
13125 nil skipped
13126
13127 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
13128 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
13129 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
13130 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
13131 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
13132 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
13133 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
13134 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
13135
13136 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
13137 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
13138 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
13139 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
13140 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
13141 available:
13142
13143 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
13144 then: insert previously read string once more
13145 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
13146 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
13147 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
13148
13149 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
13150 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
13151
13152 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
13153 Insert the character you type ARG times.
13154
13155 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
13156 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
13157 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
13158 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
13159
13160 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
13161 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
13162 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
13163
13164 ;;;***
13165 \f
13166 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (14637
13167 ;;;;;; 38212))
13168 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
13169
13170 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
13171 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
13172 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil)
13173
13174 ;;;***
13175 \f
13176 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el"
13177 ;;;;;; (14342 21398))
13178 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
13179
13180 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
13181
13182 ;;;***
13183 \f
13184 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (13700 16733))
13185 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
13186
13187 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
13188 Play the Snake game.
13189 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
13190
13191 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
13192
13193 snake-mode keybindings:
13194 \\<snake-mode-map>
13195 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
13196 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
13197 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
13198 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
13199 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
13200 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
13201 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
13202
13203 " t nil)
13204
13205 ;;;***
13206 \f
13207 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
13208 ;;;;;; (14082 18459))
13209 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
13210
13211 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
13212 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
13213 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
13214 Tab indents for C code.
13215 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
13216 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13217 \\{snmp-mode-map}
13218 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
13219 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
13220
13221 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
13222 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
13223 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
13224 Tab indents for C code.
13225 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
13226 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13227 \\{snmp-mode-map}
13228 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
13229 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
13230
13231 ;;;***
13232 \f
13233 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
13234 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
13235 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (13462 53924))
13236 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
13237
13238 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
13239 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
13240
13241 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
13242 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
13243 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
13244
13245 For example, the form
13246
13247 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
13248 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
13249
13250 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
13251
13252 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
13253 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
13254
13255 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
13256 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
13257 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
13258 York City.
13259
13260 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
13261
13262 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
13263 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
13264
13265 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
13266 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
13267 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
13268 York City.
13269
13270 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
13271
13272 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
13273 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
13274 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
13275 pair.
13276
13277 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
13278
13279 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
13280 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
13281 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
13282
13283 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
13284 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
13285
13286 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
13287
13288 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
13289 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
13290 Requires floating point." nil nil)
13291
13292 ;;;***
13293 \f
13294 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (13672
13295 ;;;;;; 20348))
13296 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
13297
13298 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
13299 Play Solitaire.
13300
13301 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
13302 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
13303 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
13304 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
13305 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
13306 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
13307 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
13308 check after each move or undo)
13309
13310 What is Solitaire?
13311
13312 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
13313 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
13314 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
13315
13316 Le Solitaire
13317 ============
13318
13319 o o o
13320
13321 o o o
13322
13323 o o o o o o o
13324
13325 o o o . o o o
13326
13327 o o o o o o o
13328
13329 o o o
13330
13331 o o o
13332
13333 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
13334 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
13335 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
13336 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
13337
13338 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
13339 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
13340 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
13341 this: o o .
13342
13343 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
13344 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
13345
13346 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
13347
13348 o o o
13349
13350 . o o
13351
13352 o o . o o o o
13353
13354 o . o o o o o
13355
13356 o o o o o o o
13357
13358 o o o
13359
13360 o o o
13361
13362 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
13363
13364 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil)
13365
13366 ;;;***
13367 \f
13368 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
13369 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
13370 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (14481 36636))
13371 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
13372
13373 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
13374 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
13375 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
13376
13377 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
13378 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
13379 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
13380 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
13381 contiguous.
13382
13383 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
13384 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
13385 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13386 the sort order.
13387
13388 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
13389 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
13390
13391 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
13392 It moves point to the start of the next record.
13393 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
13394 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
13395 is called.
13396
13397 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
13398 It should move point to the end of the record.
13399
13400 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
13401 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
13402 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
13403 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
13404 starts at the beginning of the record.
13405
13406 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
13407 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
13408 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
13409
13410 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
13411 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
13412 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
13413 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
13414 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13415 the sort order." t nil)
13416
13417 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
13418 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
13419 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
13420 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
13421 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13422 the sort order." t nil)
13423
13424 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
13425 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
13426 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
13427 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
13428 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13429 the sort order." t nil)
13430
13431 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
13432 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
13433 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
13434 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
13435 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
13436 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
13437 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
13438 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
13439 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
13440
13441 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
13442 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
13443 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
13444 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
13445 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
13446 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
13447 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13448 the sort order." t nil)
13449
13450 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
13451 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
13452 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
13453 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
13454 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
13455 is to be used for sorting.
13456 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
13457 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
13458 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
13459 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
13460 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
13461
13462 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
13463
13464 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13465 the sort order.
13466
13467 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
13468 starting with the letter \"f\",
13469 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
13470
13471 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
13472 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
13473 For the purpose of this command, the region includes
13474 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
13475 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
13476 A prefix argument means sort into reverse order.
13477 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13478 the sort order.
13479
13480 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
13481 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
13482 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
13483 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
13484 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
13485
13486 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
13487 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
13488 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
13489
13490 ;;;***
13491 \f
13492 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
13493 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (14642 23986))
13494 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
13495
13496 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
13497
13498 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
13499 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
13500 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
13501 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
13502 supported at a time.
13503 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
13504 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
13505
13506 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
13507 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
13508 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
13509 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
13510
13511 ;;;***
13512 \f
13513 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
13514 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (13553 46858))
13515 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
13516
13517 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
13518
13519 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
13520 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
13521 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
13522 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
13523 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
13524 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
13525
13526 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
13527 Check spelling of word at or before point.
13528 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
13529 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
13530
13531 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
13532 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
13533 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
13534 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
13535 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
13536
13537 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
13538 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
13539
13540 ;;;***
13541 \f
13542 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (13607
13543 ;;;;;; 43485))
13544 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
13545
13546 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
13547 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
13548
13549 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
13550 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
13551
13552 ;;;***
13553 \f
13554 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-postgres sql-mode sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
13555 ;;;;;; (14395 64503))
13556 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
13557
13558 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
13559 Show short help for the SQL modes.
13560
13561 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
13562 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
13563
13564 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
13565
13566 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
13567
13568 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
13569
13570 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
13571 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
13572 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
13573 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
13574 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
13575 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
13576 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
13577
13578 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
13579
13580 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
13581 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
13582 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
13583 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
13584
13585 Put a line with a call to autoload into your `~/.emacs' file for each
13586 entry function you want to use regularly:
13587
13588 \(autoload 'sql-postgres \"sql\" \"Interactive SQL mode.\" t)
13589
13590 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
13591 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
13592 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
13593 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
13594
13595 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
13596 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
13597 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
13598
13599 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
13600 Major mode to edit SQL.
13601
13602 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
13603 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
13604 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
13605
13606 \\{sql-mode-map}
13607 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
13608
13609 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
13610 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
13611 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
13612 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
13613 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
13614 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
13615
13616 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
13617 `sql-interactive-mode'." t nil)
13618
13619 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
13620 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
13621
13622 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
13623 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
13624 `*SQL*'.
13625
13626 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
13627 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
13628
13629 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
13630 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
13631
13632 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
13633 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
13634 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
13635 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
13636 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
13637 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
13638 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
13639 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
13640
13641 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
13642 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
13643
13644 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
13645
13646 ;;;***
13647 \f
13648 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-mode strokes-load-user-strokes strokes-help
13649 ;;;;;; strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke strokes-do-stroke
13650 ;;;;;; strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke strokes-global-set-stroke)
13651 ;;;;;; "strokes" "strokes.el" (14527 50024))
13652 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
13653
13654 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
13655 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled")
13656
13657 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
13658 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
13659 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
13660 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
13661 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
13662 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
13663
13664 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke))
13665
13666 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
13667 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
13668 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
13669 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
13670 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
13671 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
13672 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
13673
13674 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
13675 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
13676 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
13677 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
13678 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and
13679 then complete the stroke with button3.
13680 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
13681
13682 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
13683 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its comand.
13684 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
13685
13686 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
13687 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
13688 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
13689
13690 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
13691 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
13692
13693 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke))
13694
13695 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
13696 Get instructional help on using the the `strokes' package." t nil)
13697
13698 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
13699 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
13700
13701 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes))
13702
13703 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
13704 Toggle strokes being enabled.
13705 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
13706 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
13707 mode in all buffers when activated.
13708 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define
13709 new strokes with
13710
13711 > M-x global-set-stroke
13712
13713 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
13714 Sh-button-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your
13715 strokes with
13716
13717 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer
13718 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil)
13719
13720 ;;;***
13721 \f
13722 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
13723 ;;;;;; (14565 55801))
13724 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
13725
13726 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
13727 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
13728 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
13729 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
13730 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
13731 original message but it does require a few things:
13732
13733 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
13734
13735 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
13736 reply buffer.
13737
13738 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
13739 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
13740 original message.
13741
13742 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
13743
13744 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
13745
13746 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
13747 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
13748 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
13749
13750 ;;;***
13751 \f
13752 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
13753 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
13754
13755 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
13756 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
13757 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
13758 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
13759 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
13760
13761 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
13762 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
13763 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
13764 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
13765 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
13766 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
13767 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
13768
13769 ;;;***
13770 \f
13771 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (13229 29630))
13772 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
13773
13774 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
13775 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
13776
13777 ;;;***
13778 \f
13779 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (14651 36595))
13780 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
13781
13782 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
13783 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
13784 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
13785 Letters no longer insert themselves.
13786 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
13787 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
13788 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
13789
13790 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
13791 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
13792 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
13793 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
13794
13795 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
13796 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil)
13797
13798 ;;;***
13799 \f
13800 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
13801 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (14651 36906))
13802 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
13803
13804 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
13805 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
13806 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
13807 Tab indents for Tcl code.
13808 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13809 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13810
13811 Variables controlling indentation style:
13812 tcl-indent-level
13813 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
13814 tcl-continued-indent-level
13815 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
13816
13817 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
13818 documentation for details):
13819 tcl-tab-always-indent
13820 Controls action of TAB key.
13821 tcl-auto-newline
13822 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
13823 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
13824 tcl-electric-hash-style
13825 Controls action of `#' key.
13826 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector
13827 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector.
13828 This variable is only used in Emacs 19.
13829 tcl-use-smart-word-finder
13830 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
13831 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
13832
13833 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
13834 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
13835 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
13836 already exist.
13837
13838 Commands:
13839 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
13840
13841 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
13842 Run inferior Tcl process.
13843 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
13844 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
13845
13846 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
13847 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
13848 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
13849
13850 ;;;***
13851 \f
13852 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (13858 52416))
13853 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
13854 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
13855
13856 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
13857 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
13858 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
13859 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
13860 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
13861 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
13862 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
13863 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
13864
13865 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
13866 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
13867 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
13868 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
13869
13870 ;;;***
13871 \f
13872 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (14268
13873 ;;;;;; 17354))
13874 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
13875
13876 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
13877 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
13878 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
13879 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
13880 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
13881 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
13882
13883 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
13884 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
13885
13886 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
13887 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
13888
13889 ;;;***
13890 \f
13891 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (14280
13892 ;;;;;; 10588))
13893 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
13894
13895 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
13896 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
13897 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
13898 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
13899 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
13900 program as keyboard input.
13901
13902 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
13903 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
13904 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
13905 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
13906
13907 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
13908 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
13909 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
13910 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
13911 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
13912
13913 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
13914
13915 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
13916 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
13917 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
13918 terminal-redisplay-interval.
13919
13920 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
13921 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
13922 subprocess started." t nil)
13923
13924 ;;;***
13925 \f
13926 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (13700 16411))
13927 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
13928
13929 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
13930 Play the Tetris game.
13931 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
13932 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
13933 as to form complete rows.
13934
13935 tetris-mode keybindings:
13936 \\<tetris-mode-map>
13937 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
13938 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
13939 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
13940 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
13941 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
13942 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
13943 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
13944 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
13945
13946 " t nil)
13947
13948 ;;;***
13949 \f
13950 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
13951 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
13952 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
13953 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
13954 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command
13955 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
13956 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
13957 ;;;;;; (14365 34873))
13958 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
13959
13960 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
13961 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
13962
13963 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
13964 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
13965 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
13966 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
13967 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
13968
13969 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
13970 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
13971 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
13972 if it matches the first line of the file,
13973 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
13974
13975 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
13976 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
13977 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
13978 if the variable is non-nil.")
13979
13980 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
13981 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
13982
13983 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
13984 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
13985 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
13986 See the documentation of that variable.")
13987
13988 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
13989 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
13990 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
13991 See the documentation of that variable.")
13992
13993 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
13994 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
13995 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
13996 See the documentation of that variable.")
13997
13998 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
13999 *TeX options to use when running TeX.
14000 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option.
14001 See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
14002
14003 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
14004 *User defined LaTeX block names.
14005 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
14006
14007 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
14008 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
14009 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
14010 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
14011
14012 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
14013 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
14014 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
14015 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
14016
14017 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
14018 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
14019 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
14020 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
14021
14022 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
14023 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
14024 for example,
14025
14026 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
14027 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
14028
14029 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
14030 use.")
14031
14032 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
14033 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
14034 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
14035 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
14036
14037 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
14038 window system being used. For example,
14039
14040 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
14041 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\"))
14042
14043 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty
14044 otherwise.")
14045
14046 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
14047 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
14048 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
14049
14050 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
14051 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
14052 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
14053 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
14054 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
14055
14056 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
14057 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
14058
14059 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
14060 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
14061
14062 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
14063 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
14064 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
14065 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
14066 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
14067 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
14068 says which mode to use." t nil)
14069
14070 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
14071
14072 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
14073
14074 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
14075
14076 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
14077 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
14078 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
14079 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
14080 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
14081
14082 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
14083 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
14084 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
14085 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
14086 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
14087 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
14088 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
14089
14090 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
14091 mismatched $'s or braces.
14092
14093 Special commands:
14094 \\{tex-mode-map}
14095
14096 Mode variables:
14097 tex-run-command
14098 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
14099 tex-directory
14100 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
14101 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
14102 tex-dvi-print-command
14103 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
14104 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
14105 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
14106 argument) to print a .dvi file.
14107 tex-dvi-view-command
14108 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
14109 tex-show-queue-command
14110 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
14111 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
14112
14113 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
14114 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
14115 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
14116
14117 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
14118 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
14119 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
14120 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
14121 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
14122
14123 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
14124 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
14125 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
14126 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
14127 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
14128 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
14129 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
14130
14131 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
14132 mismatched $'s or braces.
14133
14134 Special commands:
14135 \\{tex-mode-map}
14136
14137 Mode variables:
14138 latex-run-command
14139 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
14140 tex-directory
14141 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
14142 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
14143 tex-dvi-print-command
14144 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
14145 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
14146 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
14147 argument) to print a .dvi file.
14148 tex-dvi-view-command
14149 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
14150 tex-show-queue-command
14151 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
14152 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
14153
14154 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
14155 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
14156 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
14157
14158 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
14159 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
14160 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
14161 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
14162 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
14163
14164 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
14165 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
14166 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
14167 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
14168 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
14169 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
14170 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
14171
14172 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
14173 mismatched $'s or braces.
14174
14175 Special commands:
14176 \\{tex-mode-map}
14177
14178 Mode variables:
14179 slitex-run-command
14180 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
14181 tex-directory
14182 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
14183 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
14184 tex-dvi-print-command
14185 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
14186 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
14187 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
14188 argument) to print a .dvi file.
14189 tex-dvi-view-command
14190 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
14191 tex-show-queue-command
14192 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
14193 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
14194
14195 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
14196 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
14197 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
14198 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
14199
14200 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
14201
14202 ;;;***
14203 \f
14204 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
14205 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (14600 18796))
14206 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
14207
14208 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
14209 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
14210 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
14211 name specified in the @setfilename command.
14212
14213 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
14214 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
14215 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
14216
14217 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
14218 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
14219 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
14220 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
14221 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
14222
14223 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
14224 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
14225 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
14226 names specified in the @setfilename command.
14227
14228 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
14229 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
14230 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
14231 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
14232
14233 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
14234 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
14235
14236 ;;;***
14237 \f
14238 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el"
14239 ;;;;;; (14587 10351))
14240 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
14241
14242 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
14243 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
14244
14245 It has these extra commands:
14246 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
14247
14248 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
14249 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
14250 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
14251 modified version of TeX input format.
14252
14253 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
14254 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
14255 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
14256 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
14257
14258 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
14259 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
14260 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
14261 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
14262 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
14263 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
14264 in the Texinfo file.
14265
14266 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
14267 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
14268 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
14269 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
14270 move forward past the closing brace.
14271
14272 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
14273 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
14274
14275 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
14276 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
14277 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
14278
14279 Here are the functions:
14280
14281 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
14282 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
14283 texinfo-sequential-node-update
14284
14285 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
14286 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
14287 texinfo-master-menu
14288
14289 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
14290
14291 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
14292 which menu descriptions are indented.
14293
14294 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
14295 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
14296 in the region.
14297
14298 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
14299 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
14300 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
14301 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
14302
14303 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
14304 be the first node in the file.
14305
14306 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
14307 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil)
14308
14309 ;;;***
14310 \f
14311 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-sequential-node-update texinfo-every-node-update
14312 ;;;;;; texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
14313 ;;;;;; (14263 36019))
14314 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texnfo-upd.el
14315
14316 (autoload (quote texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "\
14317 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
14318 Interactively, a prefix argument means to operate on the region.
14319
14320 The functions for creating or updating nodes and menus, and their
14321 keybindings, are:
14322
14323 texinfo-update-node (&optional beginning end) \\[texinfo-update-node]
14324 texinfo-every-node-update () \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
14325 texinfo-sequential-node-update (&optional region-p)
14326
14327 texinfo-make-menu (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-make-menu]
14328 texinfo-all-menus-update () \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
14329 texinfo-master-menu ()
14330
14331 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
14332
14333 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
14334 which menu descriptions are indented. Its default value is 32." t nil)
14335
14336 (autoload (quote texinfo-every-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\
14337 Update every node in a Texinfo file." t nil)
14338
14339 (autoload (quote texinfo-sequential-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\
14340 Update one node (or many) in a Texinfo file with sequential pointers.
14341
14342 This function causes the `Next' or `Previous' pointer to point to the
14343 immediately preceding or following node, even if it is at a higher or
14344 lower hierarchical level in the document. Continually pressing `n' or
14345 `p' takes you straight through the file.
14346
14347 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
14348 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the
14349 marked region.
14350
14351 This command makes it awkward to navigate among sections and
14352 subsections; it should be used only for those documents that are meant
14353 to be read like a novel rather than a reference, and for which the
14354 Info `g*' command is inadequate." t nil)
14355
14356 ;;;***
14357 \f
14358 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
14359 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
14360 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (14647 32047))
14361 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
14362
14363 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
14364 Compose Thai characters in the region.
14365 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
14366 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
14367
14368 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
14369 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
14370
14371 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
14372 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
14373
14374 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
14375
14376 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
14377 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
14378 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
14379 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
14380 to compose.
14381
14382 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
14383
14384 ;;;***
14385 \f
14386 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
14387 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
14388 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (14655 35092))
14389 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
14390
14391 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
14392 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
14393
14394 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
14395 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
14396 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
14397 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
14398 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
14399
14400 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
14401 a symbol as a valid THING.
14402
14403 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
14404 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
14405
14406 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
14407 Return the THING at point.
14408 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
14409 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
14410 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
14411
14412 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
14413 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
14414
14415 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
14416
14417 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
14418
14419 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
14420
14421 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
14422
14423 ;;;***
14424 \f
14425 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion
14426 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-composition-function
14427 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
14428 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
14429 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (14647
14430 ;;;;;; 32047))
14431 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
14432
14433 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
14434 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
14435 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
14436
14437 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
14438 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil)
14439
14440 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
14441 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
14442 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil)
14443
14444 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
14445 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil)
14446
14447 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
14448 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil)
14449
14450 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
14451 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
14452 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
14453 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." t nil)
14454
14455 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
14456 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
14457 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
14458 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." nil nil)
14459
14460 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
14461
14462 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
14463 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
14464 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil)
14465
14466 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
14467 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
14468 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
14469
14470 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
14471
14472 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
14473
14474 ;;;***
14475 \f
14476 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
14477 ;;;;;; (14357 30776))
14478 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
14479
14480 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
14481 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
14482 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
14483 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
14484 parameters.
14485 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
14486
14487 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
14488 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
14489 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
14490 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
14491 parameters.
14492 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
14493
14494 ;;;***
14495 \f
14496 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date
14497 ;;;;;; display-time-mode) "time" "time.el" (14619 48411))
14498 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
14499
14500 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
14501 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
14502 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14503 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
14504
14505 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14506
14507 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
14508
14509 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
14510 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
14511
14512 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
14513 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
14514 This display updates automatically every minute.
14515 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
14516 are displayed as well.
14517 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
14518
14519 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
14520 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
14521 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
14522
14523 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
14524 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
14525 are displayed as well.
14526 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
14527
14528 ;;;***
14529 \f
14530 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
14531 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (14599 11147))
14532 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
14533
14534 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
14535 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
14536 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
14537 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
14538 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
14539 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
14540 look like one of the following:
14541 Time-stamp: <>
14542 Time-stamp: \" \"
14543 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
14544 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
14545 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
14546 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
14547 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
14548 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
14549 template." t nil)
14550
14551 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
14552 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
14553 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
14554
14555 ;;;***
14556 \f
14557 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
14558 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
14559 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (13316 52821))
14560 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
14561
14562 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
14563
14564 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
14565 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
14566
14567 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
14568 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
14569
14570 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
14571 Perform an action at time TIME.
14572 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
14573 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
14574 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
14575 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
14576 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
14577 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
14578
14579 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
14580
14581 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
14582 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
14583 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
14584 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
14585 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
14586
14587 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
14588
14589 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
14590 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
14591 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
14592 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
14593
14594 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
14595 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
14596 If REPEAT is non-nil, do this each time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
14597 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
14598 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
14599
14600 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
14601 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
14602
14603 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
14604 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
14605 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
14606 The call should look like:
14607 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
14608 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
14609 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
14610 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
14611 be detected." nil (quote macro))
14612
14613 ;;;***
14614 \f
14615 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
14616 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (13618 46800))
14617 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
14618
14619 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
14620 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
14621 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
14622 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
14623
14624 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
14625 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
14626 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
14627 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
14628 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
14629 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
14630 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil)
14631
14632 ;;;***
14633 \f
14634 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
14635 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (14642 26672))
14636 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
14637 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
14638 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
14639 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
14640
14641 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
14642 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
14643 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
14644 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
14645 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
14646
14647 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
14648 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
14649 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
14650 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
14651 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
14652
14653 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
14654 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
14655 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
14656 in the menu in two ways:
14657 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
14658 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
14659 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
14660
14661 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
14662 keymap or an alist of alists.
14663 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
14664 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
14665
14666 ;;;***
14667 \f
14668 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-insert-item)
14669 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (14653 63363))
14670 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
14671
14672 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
14673 Insert new TODO list entry.
14674 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
14675 category." t nil)
14676
14677 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
14678 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
14679 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
14680 between each category.
14681
14682 Number of entries for each category is given by
14683 'todo-print-priorities'." t nil)
14684
14685 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
14686 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
14687
14688 \\{todo-mode-map}" t nil)
14689
14690 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
14691 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary." nil nil)
14692
14693 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
14694 Show TODO list." t nil)
14695
14696 ;;;***
14697 \f
14698 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
14699 ;;;;;; (14495 17998))
14700 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
14701
14702 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
14703 Mode for tooltip display.
14704 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
14705
14706 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
14707 Toggle tooltip-mode.
14708 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14709 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
14710
14711 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14712
14713 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
14714
14715 ;;;***
14716 \f
14717 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (14299
14718 ;;;;;; 63726))
14719 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
14720
14721 (fset (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
14722
14723 (fset (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
14724
14725 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
14726 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
14727
14728 ;;;***
14729 \f
14730 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
14731 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (13623 36919))
14732 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
14733
14734 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
14735 Set scroll margins." t nil)
14736
14737 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
14738 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
14739
14740 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
14741 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
14742
14743 ;;;***
14744 \f
14745 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (13509 34547))
14746 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
14747
14748 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
14749 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
14750 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
14751 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
14752 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
14753
14754 ;;;***
14755 \f
14756 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
14757 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (14583 8560))
14758 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
14759
14760 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
14761 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
14762
14763 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
14764 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
14765 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
14766 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
14767 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
14768 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
14769 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
14770 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
14771
14772 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
14773 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
14774 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
14775 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
14776 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
14777 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
14778 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
14779
14780 ;;;***
14781 \f
14782 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
14783 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (13940 33924))
14784 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
14785 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
14786 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
14787 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
14788
14789 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
14790 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
14791 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
14792 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
14793 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
14794 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
14795 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
14796
14797 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
14798 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
14799 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
14800 accepting the proposed default buffer.
14801
14802 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
14803
14804 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
14805 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
14806 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
14807 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
14808 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
14809 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
14810 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
14811
14812 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
14813 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
14814
14815 First column's text sSs Second column's text
14816 \\___/\\
14817 / \\
14818 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
14819
14820 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
14821
14822 ;;;***
14823 \f
14824 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
14825 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
14826 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
14827 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14263 36029))
14828 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
14829
14830 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
14831 Toggle typing break mode.
14832 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
14833 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14834 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
14835
14836 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14837
14838 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
14839
14840 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
14841 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
14842
14843 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
14844 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
14845
14846 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
14847 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
14848 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
14849
14850 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
14851 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
14852
14853 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
14854 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
14855 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
14856
14857 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
14858 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
14859 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
14860 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
14861 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
14862 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
14863
14864 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
14865 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
14866 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
14867 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
14868
14869 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
14870 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
14871
14872 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
14873 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
14874
14875 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
14876 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
14877 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
14878
14879 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
14880 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
14881 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
14882 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
14883 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
14884 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
14885 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
14886
14887 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
14888 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
14889
14890 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
14891 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
14892 reset the keystroke counter.
14893
14894 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
14895 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
14896 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
14897 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
14898
14899 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
14900 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
14901 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
14902 `type-break-schedule' command.
14903
14904 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
14905 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
14906 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
14907 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
14908 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
14909 or not to continue.
14910
14911 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
14912 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
14913 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
14914 approximate good values for this.
14915
14916 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
14917 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
14918
14919 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
14920 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
14921 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
14922 `type-break-warning-repeat'
14923 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
14924 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
14925
14926 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
14927 a typing break occur. They include:
14928
14929 `type-break-query-mode'
14930 `type-break-query-function'
14931 `type-break-query-interval'
14932
14933 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
14934
14935 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
14936 Take a typing break.
14937
14938 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
14939 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
14940
14941 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
14942 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
14943
14944 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
14945 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
14946 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
14947 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
14948
14949 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
14950 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
14951
14952 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
14953 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
14954 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
14955 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
14956 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
14957 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
14958 average typing speed.)
14959
14960 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
14961 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
14962 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
14963 the computed maximum threshold.
14964
14965 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
14966 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
14967 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
14968 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
14969 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
14970
14971 ;;;***
14972 \f
14973 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
14974 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (14228 39817))
14975 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
14976
14977 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
14978 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
14979 Works by overstriking underscores.
14980 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14981 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
14982
14983 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
14984 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
14985 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14986 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
14987
14988 ;;;***
14989 \f
14990 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
14991 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (14473 58848))
14992 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
14993
14994 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
14995 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
14996 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
14997
14998 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
14999 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
15000 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
15001 following the containing message." t nil)
15002
15003 ;;;***
15004 \f
15005 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
15006 ;;;;;; (13229 29740))
15007 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
15008
15009 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
15010 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
15011 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
15012 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
15013 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
15014 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
15015
15016 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
15017 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
15018
15019 ;;;***
15020 \f
15021 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
15022 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43297))
15023 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
15024
15025 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
15026 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
15027 This function has a choice of three things to do:
15028 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
15029 to refrain from editing the file
15030 return t (grab the lock on the file)
15031 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
15032 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
15033 in any way you like." nil nil)
15034
15035 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
15036 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
15037 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
15038 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
15039 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
15040
15041 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
15042 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
15043
15044 ;;;***
15045 \f
15046 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
15047 ;;;;;; vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot
15048 ;;;;;; vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge
15049 ;;;;;; vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-register
15050 ;;;;;; vc-next-action edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-annotate-mode-hook
15051 ;;;;;; vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (14565
15052 ;;;;;; 59735))
15053 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
15054
15055 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
15056 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
15057 See `run-hooks'.")
15058
15059 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
15060 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in.
15061 See `run-hooks'.")
15062
15063 (defvar vc-annotate-mode-hook nil "\
15064 *Hooks to run when VC-Annotate mode is turned on.")
15065
15066 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
15067 Execute BODY, checking out a writable copy of FILE first if necessary.
15068 After BODY has been executed, check-in FILE with COMMENT (a string).
15069 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
15070 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
15071 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
15072
15073 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
15074 Edit FILE under version control, executing BODY. Checkin with COMMENT.
15075 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
15076 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
15077
15078 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
15079 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file.
15080 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
15081 it will operate on the file in the current line.
15082 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
15083 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
15084 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
15085 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
15086 lock steals will raise an error.
15087 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
15088
15089 For RCS and SCCS files:
15090 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
15091 control.
15092 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
15093 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
15094 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
15095 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
15096 it performs a revert.
15097 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
15098 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
15099 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
15100 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
15101 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
15102 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
15103 the option to steal the lock.
15104
15105 For CVS files:
15106 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
15107 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
15108 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
15109 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
15110 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
15111 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
15112 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
15113 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
15114 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
15115
15116 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
15117 Register the current file into your version-control system." t nil)
15118
15119 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
15120 Display diffs between file versions.
15121 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent
15122 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments.
15123 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use
15124 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil)
15125
15126 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
15127 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window.
15128 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
15129 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil)
15130
15131 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
15132 Insert headers in a file for use with your version-control system.
15133 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
15134 the variable `vc-header-alist'." t nil)
15135
15136 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" nil t nil)
15137
15138 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
15139 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
15140 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
15141
15142 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" nil t nil)
15143
15144 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
15145 Make a snapshot called NAME.
15146 The snapshot is made from all registered files at or below the current
15147 directory. For each file, the version level of its latest
15148 version becomes part of the named configuration." t nil)
15149
15150 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
15151 Retrieve the snapshot called NAME, or latest versions if NAME is empty.
15152 When retrieving a snapshot, there must not be any locked files at or below
15153 the current directory. If none are locked, all registered files are
15154 checked out (unlocked) at their version levels in the snapshot NAME.
15155 If NAME is the empty string, all registered files that are not currently
15156 locked are updated to the latest versions." t nil)
15157
15158 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
15159 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
15160
15161 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
15162 Revert the current buffer's file back to the version it was based on.
15163 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
15164 to that version. Note that for RCS and CVS, this function does not
15165 automatically pick up newer changes found in the master file;
15166 use C-u \\[vc-next-action] RET to do so." t nil)
15167
15168 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
15169 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
15170 A prefix argument means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
15171
15172 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
15173 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
15174
15175 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
15176 Find change log file and add entries from recent RCS/CVS logs.
15177 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
15178 directory using `rcs2log', which finds CVS logs preferentially.
15179 The mark is left at the end of the text prepended to the change log.
15180
15181 With prefix arg of C-u, only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
15182
15183 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
15184 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
15185 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
15186
15187 From a program, any arguments are assumed to be filenames and are
15188 passed to the `rcs2log' script after massaging to be relative to the
15189 default directory." t nil)
15190
15191 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
15192 Display the result of the CVS `annotate' command using colors.
15193 New lines are displayed in red, old in blue.
15194 A prefix argument specifies a factor for stretching the time scale.
15195
15196 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
15197 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
15198 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
15199 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
15200
15201 ;;;***
15202 \f
15203 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
15204 ;;;;;; (14385 10956))
15205 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
15206
15207 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
15208 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
15209
15210 Usage:
15211 ------
15212
15213 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
15214 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
15215 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
15216 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
15217 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
15218 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
15219 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
15220 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
15221 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
15222 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
15223 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
15224 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
15225 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
15226 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
15227 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
15228 The following abbreviations can also be used:
15229 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
15230 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
15231 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
15232
15233 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
15234 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
15235 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
15236
15237 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
15238 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
15239 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
15240 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
15241 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
15242 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
15243 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
15244 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
15245 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
15246
15247 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
15248 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
15249 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
15250 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
15251 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
15252 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
15253 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
15254 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
15255
15256 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
15257 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
15258 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
15259
15260 - COMMENTS:
15261 `--' puts a single comment.
15262 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
15263 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
15264 comment in between.
15265 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
15266 following lines.
15267 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
15268 uncomments a region if already commented out.
15269
15270 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
15271 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
15272 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
15273 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
15274 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
15275 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
15276 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
15277 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
15278 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
15279 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
15280 multi-line comments.
15281
15282 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
15283 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
15284 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
15285 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
15286 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
15287 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
15288 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
15289 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
15290 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
15291
15292 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
15293 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
15294 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
15295 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
15296 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
15297 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
15298 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
15299 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
15300 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
15301 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
15302
15303 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
15304 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
15305 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
15306 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
15307 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
15308 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
15309 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
15310 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
15311 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
15312 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
15313 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
15314 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
15315 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
15316
15317 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
15318
15319 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
15320 menu).
15321
15322 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
15323
15324 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
15325 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
15326 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
15327 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
15328 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
15329
15330 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
15331 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
15332 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
15333 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
15334 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
15335 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
15336 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
15337 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
15338 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
15339
15340 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
15341 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
15342 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
15343 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
15344 specified.
15345
15346 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
15347 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
15348 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
15349 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
15350 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
15351 the current directory for VHDL source files.
15352
15353 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
15354 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
15355 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
15356 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
15357 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
15358 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
15359 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
15360 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
15361 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
15362 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
15363 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
15364
15365 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
15366 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
15367 Math Packages.
15368
15369 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
15370 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
15371 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
15372 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
15373 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
15374 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
15375 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
15376 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
15377
15378 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
15379 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
15380 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
15381 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
15382 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
15383 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
15384
15385 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
15386 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
15387 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
15388 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
15389 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
15390
15391 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
15392 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
15393 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
15394 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
15395 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
15396
15397 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
15398 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
15399 highlighted if written in lower case.
15400
15401 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
15402 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
15403 is non-nil.
15404
15405 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
15406 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
15407 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
15408
15409 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
15410 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
15411 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
15412
15413 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
15414 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
15415 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
15416
15417 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
15418 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
15419 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
15420 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
15421 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
15422 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
15423 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
15424
15425 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
15426 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
15427 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
15428 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
15429 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
15430
15431 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
15432 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
15433 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
15434 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
15435
15436 - HINTS:
15437 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
15438
15439
15440 Maintenance:
15441 ------------
15442
15443 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
15444 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
15445
15446 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
15447
15448 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
15449 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
15450 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
15451 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
15452
15453 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
15454 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
15455 version and release notes can be found.
15456
15457
15458 Bugs and Limitations:
15459 ---------------------
15460
15461 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
15462 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
15463 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
15464 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
15465 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
15466 does not work under XEmacs.
15467
15468
15469 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
15470 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
15471
15472 Key bindings:
15473 -------------
15474
15475 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
15476
15477 ;;;***
15478 \f
15479 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (13229 29773))
15480 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
15481
15482 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
15483 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
15484 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
15485 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
15486
15487 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
15488 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
15489 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
15490 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
15491 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
15492
15493 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
15494 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
15495
15496 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
15497
15498 * Limitations and unsupported features
15499 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
15500 not supported.
15501 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
15502 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
15503
15504 * Modifications
15505 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
15506 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
15507 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
15508 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
15509 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
15510 for undoing a repeated change command.
15511 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
15512 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
15513 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
15514
15515 * Extensions
15516 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
15517 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
15518 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
15519 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
15520 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
15521 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
15522 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
15523 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
15524
15525 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
15526
15527 ;;;***
15528 \f
15529 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
15530 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
15531 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
15532 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (14623 45992))
15533 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
15534
15535 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
15536 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
15537
15538 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
15539 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
15540 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15541 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
15542
15543 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
15544 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
15545
15546 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
15547 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
15548 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15549 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
15550
15551 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
15552 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
15553
15554 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
15555
15556 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
15557
15558 ;;;***
15559 \f
15560 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
15561 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
15562 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (14550
15563 ;;;;;; 6934))
15564 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
15565
15566 (defvar view-mode nil "\
15567 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
15568 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
15569 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
15570
15571 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
15572
15573 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
15574 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
15575 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15576 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15577 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15578 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15579 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15580
15581 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
15582
15583 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
15584 View FILE in View mode in another window.
15585 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
15586 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15587 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15588 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15589 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15590 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15591
15592 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
15593
15594 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
15595 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
15596 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
15597 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15598 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15599 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15600 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15601 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15602
15603 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
15604
15605 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
15606 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
15607 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15608 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15609 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15610 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15611 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15612
15613 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
15614
15615 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
15616 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
15617 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
15618
15619 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
15620 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
15621 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
15622 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15623 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15624 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15625 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15626 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15627
15628 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
15629
15630 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
15631 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
15632 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
15633
15634 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
15635 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
15636 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
15637 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15638 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15639 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15640 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15641 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15642
15643 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
15644
15645 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
15646 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
15647 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
15648
15649 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
15650 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
15651 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
15652
15653 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
15654 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
15655 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
15656 read-only.
15657 \\<view-mode-map>
15658 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
15659 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
15660 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
15661 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
15662 commands default to a repeat count of one.
15663
15664 H, h, ? This message.
15665 Digits provide prefix arguments.
15666 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
15667 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
15668 > move to the end of buffer.
15669 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
15670 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
15671 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
15672 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
15673 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
15674 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
15675 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
15676 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
15677 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
15678 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
15679 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
15680 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
15681 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
15682 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
15683 Use this to view a changing file.
15684 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
15685 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
15686 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
15687 . set the mark.
15688 x exchanges point and mark.
15689 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
15690 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
15691 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
15692 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
15693 ' go to position saved in character register.
15694 s do forward incremental search.
15695 r do reverse incremental search.
15696 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
15697 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
15698 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
15699 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
15700 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
15701 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
15702 p searches backward for last regular expression.
15703 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
15704 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
15705 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
15706 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
15707 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
15708 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
15709 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
15710 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
15711
15712 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
15713 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
15714 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
15715 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
15716 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
15717 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
15718 will return to that buffer.
15719
15720 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
15721
15722 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
15723 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
15724 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
15725 `view-return-to-alist'.
15726 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
15727 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
15728 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
15729
15730 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
15731 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
15732 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
15733 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
15734 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
15735 1) nil Do nothing.
15736 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
15737 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
15738 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
15739 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
15740
15741 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15742
15743 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
15744
15745 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
15746 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
15747
15748 ;;;***
15749 \f
15750 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (13650 13703))
15751 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
15752
15753 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
15754 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
15755
15756 ;;;***
15757 \f
15758 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
15759 ;;;;;; (14651 36650))
15760 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
15761
15762 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
15763 Toggle Viper on/off.
15764 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
15765
15766 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
15767 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
15768
15769 ;;;***
15770 \f
15771 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (14223 54012))
15772 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
15773
15774 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
15775 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
15776
15777 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
15778 hotlist.
15779
15780 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
15781 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
15782
15783 ;;;***
15784 \f
15785 ;;;### (autoloads (which-func-mode which-func-mode-global) "which-func"
15786 ;;;;;; "which-func.el" (14281 33928))
15787 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
15788
15789 (defvar which-func-mode-global nil "\
15790 *Toggle `which-func-mode' globally.
15791 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15792 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-func-mode'.")
15793
15794 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote custom-variable))
15795
15796 (custom-add-load (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote which-func))
15797
15798 (defalias (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func-mode))
15799
15800 (autoload (quote which-func-mode) "which-func" "\
15801 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
15802 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
15803 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
15804
15805 With prefix arg, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
15806 and off otherwise." t nil)
15807
15808 ;;;***
15809 \f
15810 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-cleanup-region
15811 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer) "whitespace"
15812 ;;;;;; "whitespace.el" (14655 26079))
15813 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
15814
15815 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
15816 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer:
15817
15818 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
15819 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
15820 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
15821 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
15822 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
15823
15824 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
15825 and:
15826 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
15827 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil)
15828
15829 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
15830 Check a region specified by point and mark for whitespace errors." t nil)
15831
15832 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
15833 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
15834
15835 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
15836 whitespace problems." t nil)
15837
15838 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
15839 Whitespace cleanup on a region specified by point and mark." t nil)
15840
15841 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\
15842 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them.
15843
15844 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types
15845 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code.
15846
15847 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
15848 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
15849 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be
15850 replaced with TABS).
15851 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
15852 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
15853
15854 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline.
15855
15856 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace,
15857 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of:
15858
15859 e - End-of-Line whitespace.
15860 i - Indentation whitespace.
15861 l - Leading whitespace.
15862 s - Space followed by Tab.
15863 t - Trailing whitespace.
15864
15865 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a
15866 !<y>.
15867
15868 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most
15869 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even
15870 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost
15871 always they default to 8.)
15872
15873 Changing tab-width to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to
15874 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or
15875 even print it.
15876
15877 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like
15878 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you
15879 should never have to set your tab-width to be other than 8 in all these
15880 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs
15881 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your
15882 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between
15883 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them
15884 to set smarttab.)
15885
15886 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and
15887 merge problems.
15888
15889 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and
15890 warn you on closing a file also. (if in case you had inserted any
15891 whitespaces during the process of your editing.)" t nil)
15892
15893 ;;;***
15894 \f
15895 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
15896 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (13218 28813))
15897 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
15898
15899 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
15900 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
15901
15902 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
15903 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
15904
15905 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
15906 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
15907
15908 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
15909 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
15910 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
15911
15912 ;;;***
15913 \f
15914 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value)
15915 ;;;;;; "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (14651 36596))
15916 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
15917
15918 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
15919 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
15920 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
15921
15922 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
15923 Create widget of TYPE.
15924 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
15925
15926 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
15927 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
15928
15929 ;;;***
15930 \f
15931 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
15932 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (14485
15933 ;;;;;; 64331))
15934 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
15935
15936 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
15937 Select the window to the left of the current one.
15938 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
15939 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
15940 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
15941 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
15942 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
15943
15944 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
15945 Select the window above the current one.
15946 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
15947 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
15948 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
15949 negative ARG) of the current window.
15950 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
15951
15952 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
15953 Select the window to the right of the current one.
15954 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
15955 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
15956 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
15957 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
15958 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
15959
15960 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
15961 Select the window below the current one.
15962 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
15963 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
15964 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
15965 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
15966 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
15967
15968 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
15969 Set up default keybindings for `windmove'." t nil)
15970
15971 ;;;***
15972 \f
15973 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
15974 ;;;;;; (14535 44846))
15975 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
15976
15977 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
15978 Toggle winner-mode.
15979 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15980 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
15981
15982 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15983
15984 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
15985
15986 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
15987 Toggle Winner mode.
15988 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
15989
15990 ;;;***
15991 \f
15992 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
15993 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (14636 62704))
15994 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
15995
15996 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
15997 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
15998 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
15999 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
16000 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
16001 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
16002 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
16003 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
16004
16005 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
16006 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching." t nil)
16007
16008 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
16009 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file." t nil)
16010
16011 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
16012 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
16013 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
16014 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
16015 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
16016 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
16017 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
16018 `woman' command for further details." t nil)
16019
16020 ;;;***
16021 \f
16022 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
16023 ;;;;;; (13415 51576))
16024 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
16025
16026 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
16027 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
16028
16029 BUGS:
16030 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
16031 are not implemented
16032 - Options for search and replace
16033 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
16034 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
16035
16036 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
16037 Emacs-like.
16038
16039 The key bindings are:
16040
16041 C-a backward-word
16042 C-b fill-paragraph
16043 C-c scroll-up-line
16044 C-d forward-char
16045 C-e previous-line
16046 C-f forward-word
16047 C-g delete-char
16048 C-h backward-char
16049 C-i indent-for-tab-command
16050 C-j help-for-help
16051 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
16052 C-l ws-repeat-search
16053 C-n open-line
16054 C-p quoted-insert
16055 C-r scroll-down-line
16056 C-s backward-char
16057 C-t kill-word
16058 C-u keyboard-quit
16059 C-v overwrite-mode
16060 C-w scroll-down
16061 C-x next-line
16062 C-y kill-complete-line
16063 C-z scroll-up
16064
16065 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
16066 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
16067 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
16068 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
16069 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
16070 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
16071 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
16072 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
16073 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
16074 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
16075 C-k b ws-begin-block
16076 C-k c ws-copy-block
16077 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
16078 C-k f find-file
16079 C-k h ws-show-markers
16080 C-k i ws-indent-block
16081 C-k k ws-end-block
16082 C-k p ws-print-block
16083 C-k q kill-emacs
16084 C-k r insert-file
16085 C-k s save-some-buffers
16086 C-k t ws-mark-word
16087 C-k u ws-exdent-block
16088 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
16089 C-k v ws-move-block
16090 C-k w ws-write-block
16091 C-k x kill-emacs
16092 C-k y ws-delete-block
16093
16094 C-o c wordstar-center-line
16095 C-o b switch-to-buffer
16096 C-o j justify-current-line
16097 C-o k kill-buffer
16098 C-o l list-buffers
16099 C-o m auto-fill-mode
16100 C-o r set-fill-column
16101 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
16102 C-o wd delete-other-windows
16103 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
16104 C-o wo other-window
16105 C-o wv split-window-vertically
16106
16107 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
16108 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
16109 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
16110 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
16111 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
16112 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
16113 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
16114 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
16115 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
16116 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
16117 C-q a ws-query-replace
16118 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
16119 C-q c end-of-buffer
16120 C-q d end-of-line
16121 C-q f ws-search
16122 C-q k ws-to-block-end
16123 C-q l ws-undo
16124 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
16125 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
16126 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
16127 C-q w ws-last-error
16128 C-q y ws-kill-eol
16129 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
16130 " t nil)
16131
16132 ;;;***
16133 \f
16134 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (14516
16135 ;;;;;; 149))
16136 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
16137
16138 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
16139 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
16140 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
16141
16142 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
16143
16144 ;;;***
16145 \f
16146 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
16147 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (13607 43571))
16148 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
16149
16150 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
16151 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
16152
16153 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
16154 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
16155
16156 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
16157 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
16158 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
16159
16160 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
16161 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
16162
16163 ;;;***
16164 \f
16165 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
16166 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (13674 20513))
16167 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
16168
16169 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
16170 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified" t nil)
16171
16172 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
16173 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
16174
16175 Zone-mode does two things:
16176
16177 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
16178 when saving the file
16179
16180 - fontification" t nil)
16181
16182 ;;;***
16183 \f
16184 ;;; Local Variables:
16185 ;;; version-control: never
16186 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
16187 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
16188 ;;; End:
16189 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here